Make it possible to disable the upload dialog functionality
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = array(
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * );
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * These are additional characters that should be replaced with '-' in filenames
402 */
403 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":";
404
405 /**
406 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
407 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
408 */
409 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
413 */
414 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
415
416 /**
417 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
418 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
419 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
420 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
421 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
422 *
423 * Example:
424 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
425 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
426 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
427 *
428 * @see $wgFileBackends
429 */
430 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
431
432 /**
433 * File repository structures
434 *
435 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
436 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
437 * array of properties configuring the repository.
438 *
439 * Properties required for all repos:
440 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
441 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
442 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
443 *
444 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
445 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
446 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
447 *
448 * For most core repos:
449 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
450 * container : backend container name the zone is in
451 * directory : root path within container for the zone
452 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
453 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
454 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
455 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
456 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
457 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
458 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
459 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
460 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
461 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
462 * handler instead.
463 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
464 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
465 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
466 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
467 * - pathDisclosureProtection
468 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
469 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
470 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
471 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
472 * is 0644.
473 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
474 * some remote repos.
475 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
476 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
477 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
478 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
479 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
480 *
481 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
482 * for local repositories:
483 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
484 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
485 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
486 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
487 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
488 *
489 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
490 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
491 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
492 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
493 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
494 *
495 * ForeignDBRepo:
496 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
497 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
498 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
499 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
500 *
501 * ForeignAPIRepo:
502 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
503 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
504 *
505 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
506 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
507 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
508 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
509 * be searched after the local file repo.
510 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
511 *
512 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
513 */
514 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
515
516 /**
517 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
518 */
519 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
520
521 /**
522 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
523 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
524 * settings
525 */
526 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
530 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
531 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
532 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
533 *
534 * Example:
535 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = array( 'shared' );
536 */
537 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
538
539 /**
540 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
541 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
542 *
543 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
544 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
545 *
546 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
547 */
548 $wgUploadDialog = [
549 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
550 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
551 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
552 'fields' => [
553 'description' => true,
554 'date' => false,
555 'categories' => false,
556 ],
557 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
558 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
559 'licensemessages' => [
560 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
561 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
562 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
563 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
564 'local' => 'generic-local',
565 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
566 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
568 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
569 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
570 ],
571 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
572 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
573 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
574 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
575 'comment' => [
576 'local' => '',
577 'foreign' => '',
578 ],
579 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
580 'format' => [
581 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
582 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
583 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
584 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
585 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
586 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
587 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
588 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
589 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
590 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
591 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
592 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
593 // * $TEXT - input by the user
594 'description' => '$TEXT',
595 'ownwork' => '',
596 'license' => '',
597 'uncategorized' => '',
598 ],
599 ];
600
601 /**
602 * File backend structure configuration.
603 *
604 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
605 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
606 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
607 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
608 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
609 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
610 *
611 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
612 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
613 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
614 *
615 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
616 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
617 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
618 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
619 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
620 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
621 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
622 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
623 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
624 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
625 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
626 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
627 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
628 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
629 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
630 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
631 */
632 $wgFileBackends = [];
633
634 /**
635 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
636 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
637 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
638 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
639 *
640 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
641 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
642 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
643 */
644 $wgLockManagers = [];
645
646 /**
647 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
648 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
649 *
650 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
651 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
652 * extensions" section of php.ini:
653 * @code{.ini}
654 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
655 * @endcode
656 */
657 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
658
659 /**
660 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
661 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
662 * Defaults to false.
663 */
664 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
665
666 /**
667 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
668 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
669 * $wgUploadDirectory.
670 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
671 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
672 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
673 * directory.
674 *
675 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
676 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
677 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
678 */
679 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
680
681 /**
682 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
683 */
684 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
685
686 /**
687 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
688 */
689 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
690
691 /**
692 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
693 */
694 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
695
696 /**
697 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
698 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
699 */
700 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
701
702 /**
703 * Optional table prefix used in database.
704 */
705 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
706
707 /**
708 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
709 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
710 */
711 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
712
713 /**
714 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
715 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
716 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
717 */
718 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
719
720 /**
721 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
722 *
723 * @since 1.20
724 */
725 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
726
727 /**
728 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
729 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
730 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
731 */
732 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
733
734 /**
735 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
739
740 /**
741 * Different timeout for upload by url
742 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
743 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
744 * to default.
745 *
746 * @since 1.22
747 */
748 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
749
750 /**
751 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
752 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
753 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
754 * for non-specified types.
755 *
756 * @par Example:
757 * @code
758 * $wgMaxUploadSize = array(
759 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
760 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
761 * );
762 * @endcode
763 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
764 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
765 */
766 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
767
768 /**
769 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
770 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
771 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
772 * @since 1.26
773 */
774 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
775
776 /**
777 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
778 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
779 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
780 *
781 * @par Example:
782 * @code
783 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
784 * @endcode
785 */
786 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
790 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
791 * appended to it as appropriate.
792 */
793 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
794
795 /**
796 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
797 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
798 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
799 * access to the thumbnail path.
800 *
801 * @par Example:
802 * @code
803 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
804 * @endcode
805 */
806 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
807
808 /**
809 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
810 */
811 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
812
813 /**
814 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
815 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
816 *
817 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
818 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
819 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
820 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
821 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
822 *
823 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
824 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
825 */
826 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
827
828 /**
829 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
830 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
831 * directory layout.
832 */
833 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
834
835 /**
836 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
837 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
838 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
839 * image description page on this wiki.
840 *
841 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
842 */
843 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
844
845 /**
846 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
847 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
848 *
849 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
850 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
851 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
852 */
853 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
854
855 /**
856 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
857 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
858 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
859 */
860 $wgFileBlacklist = [
861 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
862 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
863 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
864 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
865 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
866 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
867 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
868 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
872 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
873 */
874 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
875 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
876 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
877 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
878 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
879 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
880 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
881 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
882 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
883 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
884 'application/x-msmetafile',
885 ];
886
887 /**
888 * Allow Java archive uploads.
889 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
890 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
891 */
892 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
893
894 /**
895 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
896 *
897 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
898 */
899 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
900
901 /**
902 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
903 * by $wgFileExtensions.
904 *
905 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
906 */
907 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
908
909 /**
910 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
911 *
912 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
913 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
914 */
915 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
916
917 /**
918 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
919 */
920 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
921
922 /**
923 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
924 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
925 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
926 *
927 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
928 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
929 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
930 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
931 */
932 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
933 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
934 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
935 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
936 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
937 "application/pdf", // PDF files
938 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
939 ];
940
941 /**
942 * Plugins for media file type handling.
943 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
944 */
945 $wgMediaHandlers = [
946 'image/jpeg' => 'JpegHandler',
947 'image/png' => 'PNGHandler',
948 'image/gif' => 'GIFHandler',
949 'image/tiff' => 'TiffHandler',
950 'image/webp' => 'WebPHandler',
951 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
952 'image/x-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
953 'image/x-xcf' => 'XCFHandler',
954 'image/svg+xml' => 'SvgHandler', // official
955 'image/svg' => 'SvgHandler', // compat
956 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // official
957 'image/x.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
958 'image/x-djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
959 ];
960
961 /**
962 * Plugins for page content model handling.
963 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
964 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
965 *
966 * @since 1.21
967 */
968 $wgContentHandlers = [
969 // the usual case
970 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
971 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
972 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
973 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
974 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
975 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
976 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
977 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
978 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
979 ];
980
981 /**
982 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
983 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
984 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
985 */
986 $wgUseImageResize = true;
987
988 /**
989 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
990 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
991 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
992 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
993 *
994 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
995 */
996 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
997
998 /**
999 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1000 */
1001 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1005 * @since 1.27
1006 */
1007 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1011 */
1012 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1013
1014 /**
1015 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1016 */
1017 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1021 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1022 */
1023 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1024
1025 /**
1026 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1027 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1028 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1029 *
1030 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1031 * @code
1032 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1033 * @endcode
1034 *
1035 * Leave as false to skip this.
1036 */
1037 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1038
1039 /**
1040 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1041 *
1042 * @since 1.21
1043 */
1044 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1045
1046 /**
1047 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1048 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1049 * at sharp edges.
1050 *
1051 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1052 *
1053 * Supported values:
1054 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1055 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1056 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1057 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1058 *
1059 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1060 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1061 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.27
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1069 * image formats.
1070 */
1071 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1075 *
1076 * @since 1.26
1077 */
1078 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1079
1080 /**
1081 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1082 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1083 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1084 *
1085 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1086 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1087 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1088 */
1089 $wgSVGConverters = [
1090 'ImageMagick' =>
1091 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1092 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1093 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1095 . '$output $input',
1096 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1097 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1098 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1099 ];
1100
1101 /**
1102 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1103 */
1104 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1105
1106 /**
1107 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1108 */
1109 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1113 */
1114 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1115
1116 /**
1117 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1118 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1119 */
1120 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1121
1122 /**
1123 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1124 *
1125 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1126 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1127 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1128 *
1129 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1130 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1131 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1132 */
1133 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1134
1135 /**
1136 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1137 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1138 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1139 *
1140 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1141 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1142 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1143 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1144 *
1145 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1146 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1147 */
1148 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1149
1150 /**
1151 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1152 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1153 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1154 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1155 */
1156 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1157
1158 /**
1159 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1160 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1161 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1162 *
1163 * @par Example:
1164 * @code
1165 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1166 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'png', 'image/png' );
1167 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1168 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' );
1169 * @endcode
1170 */
1171 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1172
1173 /**
1174 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1175 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1176 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1177 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1178 */
1179 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1180
1181 /**
1182 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1183 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1184 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1185 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1186 */
1187 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1188
1189 /**
1190 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1191 * output instead of showing an error message.
1192 *
1193 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1194 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1195 *
1196 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1197 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1198 * are logged to a file for review.
1199 */
1200 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1201
1202 /**
1203 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1204 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1205 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1206 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1207 * webserver(s).
1208 */
1209 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1213 */
1214 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1218 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1219 * is available that can rotate.
1220 */
1221 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1225 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1226 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1227 */
1228 $wgAntivirus = null;
1229
1230 /**
1231 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1232 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1233 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1234 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1235 *
1236 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1237 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1238 *
1239 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1240 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1241 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1242 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1243 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1244 * path.
1245 *
1246 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1247 * function in SpecialUpload.
1248 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1249 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1250 * is not set.
1251 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1252 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1253 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1254 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1255 * no virus was found.
1256 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1257 * a virus.
1258 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1259 *
1260 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1261 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1262 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1263 */
1264 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1265
1266 # setup for clamav
1267 'clamav' => [
1268 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1269 'codemap' => [
1270 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1271 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1272 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1273 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1274 ],
1275 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1276 ],
1277 ];
1278
1279 /**
1280 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1281 */
1282 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1283
1284 /**
1285 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1286 */
1287 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1288
1289 /**
1290 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1291 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1292 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1293 */
1294 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1295
1296 /**
1297 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1298 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1299 */
1300 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1301
1302 /**
1303 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1304 * the MIME type to standard output.
1305 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1306 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1307 *
1308 * @par Example:
1309 * @code
1310 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1311 * @endcode
1312 */
1313 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1317 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1318 * can be trusted.
1319 */
1320 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1321
1322 /**
1323 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1324 * array = ( 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' )
1325 */
1326 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1327 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1328 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1330 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1331 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 ];
1333
1334 /**
1335 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1336 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1337 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1338 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1339 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1340 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1341 */
1342 $wgImageLimits = [
1343 [ 320, 240 ],
1344 [ 640, 480 ],
1345 [ 800, 600 ],
1346 [ 1024, 768 ],
1347 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1348 ];
1349
1350 /**
1351 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1352 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1353 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1354 */
1355 $wgThumbLimits = [
1356 120,
1357 150,
1358 180,
1359 200,
1360 250,
1361 300
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1366 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1367 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1368 *
1369 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1370 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1371 * supports it.
1372 */
1373 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1374
1375 /**
1376 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1377 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1378 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1379 * following buckets:
1380 *
1381 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = array ( 128, 256, 512 );
1382 *
1383 * and a distance of 50:
1384 *
1385 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1386 *
1387 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1388 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1389 */
1390 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1391
1392 /**
1393 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1394 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1395 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1396 *
1397 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1398 *
1399 * @since 1.25
1400 */
1401
1402 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1403
1404 /**
1405 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1406 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1407 *
1408 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1409 * thumbnail's URL.
1410 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1411 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1412 *
1413 * @since 1.25
1414 */
1415 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1416
1417 /**
1418 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1419 *
1420 * @since 1.25
1421 */
1422 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1423
1424 /**
1425 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1426 * HTTP request to.
1427 *
1428 * @since 1.25
1429 */
1430 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1431
1432 /**
1433 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1434 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1435 *
1436 * @since 1.26
1437 */
1438 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1439
1440 /**
1441 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1442 */
1443 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1444 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1445 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1446 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1447 'captionLength' => 25, // Length of caption to truncate (in characters)
1448 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1449 'mode' => 'traditional',
1450 ];
1451
1452 /**
1453 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1454 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1455 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1456 */
1457 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1458
1459 /**
1460 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1461 */
1462 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1466 *
1467 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1468 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1469 *
1470 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1471 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1472 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1473 */
1474 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1475
1476 /**
1477 * @name DJVU settings
1478 * @{
1479 */
1480
1481 /**
1482 * Path of the djvudump executable
1483 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1484 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1485 */
1486 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1487
1488 /**
1489 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1490 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1491 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1492 */
1493 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1494
1495 /**
1496 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1497 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1498 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1499 */
1500 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1501
1502 /**
1503 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1504 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1505 *
1506 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1507 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1508 * the efficiency problem.
1509 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1510 *
1511 * @par Example:
1512 * @code
1513 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1514 * @endcode
1515 */
1516 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1517
1518 /**
1519 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1520 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1521 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1522 */
1523 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1524
1525 /**
1526 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1529
1530 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1531
1532 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1533
1534 /************************************************************************//**
1535 * @name Email settings
1536 * @{
1537 */
1538
1539 /**
1540 * Site admin email address.
1541 *
1542 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1543 */
1544 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1545
1546 /**
1547 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1548 *
1549 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1550 *
1551 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1552 */
1553 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1554
1555 /**
1556 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1557 *
1558 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1559 */
1560 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1561
1562 /**
1563 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1564 *
1565 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1566 */
1567 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1568
1569 /**
1570 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1571 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1572 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1573 */
1574 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1575
1576 /**
1577 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1578 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1579 */
1580 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1581
1582 /**
1583 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1584 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1585 *
1586 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1587 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1588 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1589 */
1590 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1594 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1595 */
1596 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1600 */
1601 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1602
1603 /**
1604 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1605 */
1606 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1607
1608 /**
1609 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1610 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1611 */
1612 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1616 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1617 */
1618 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1619
1620 /**
1621 * SMTP Mode.
1622 *
1623 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1624 * Default to false or fill an array :
1625 *
1626 * @code
1627 * $wgSMTP = array(
1628 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1629 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1630 * 'port' => '25',
1631 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1632 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1633 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1634 * );
1635 * @endcode
1636 */
1637 $wgSMTP = false;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1641 */
1642 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1643
1644 /**
1645 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1646 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1647 */
1648 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1652 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1653 */
1654 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1655
1656 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1657 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1658 # enable or disable at their discretion
1659 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1660 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1661
1662 /**
1663 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1664 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1665 * spam relay.
1666 */
1667 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1668
1669 /**
1670 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1671 */
1672 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1673
1674 /**
1675 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1676 * user talk page.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1682 * allowed this in the preferences.
1683 */
1684 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1685
1686 /**
1687 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1688 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1689 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1690 */
1691 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1695 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1696 *
1697 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1698 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1699 */
1700 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1701
1702 /**
1703 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1704 * match the limit on your mail server.
1705 */
1706 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1710 */
1711 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1712
1713 /**
1714 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1715 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1716 */
1717 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1718
1719 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1720
1721 /************************************************************************//**
1722 * @name Database settings
1723 * @{
1724 */
1725
1726 /**
1727 * Database host name or IP address
1728 */
1729 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1730
1731 /**
1732 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1733 */
1734 $wgDBport = 5432;
1735
1736 /**
1737 * Name of the database
1738 */
1739 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1740
1741 /**
1742 * Database username
1743 */
1744 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1745
1746 /**
1747 * Database user's password
1748 */
1749 $wgDBpassword = '';
1750
1751 /**
1752 * Database type
1753 */
1754 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1755
1756 /**
1757 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1758 *
1759 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1760 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1761 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1762 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1763 */
1764 $wgDBssl = false;
1765
1766 /**
1767 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1768 *
1769 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1770 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1771 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1772 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1773 */
1774 $wgDBcompress = false;
1775
1776 /**
1777 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1778 */
1779 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1780
1781 /**
1782 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1783 */
1784 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Search type.
1788 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1789 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1790 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1791 */
1792 $wgSearchType = null;
1793
1794 /**
1795 * Alternative search types
1796 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1797 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1798 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1799 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1800 */
1801 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Table name prefix
1805 */
1806 $wgDBprefix = '';
1807
1808 /**
1809 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1810 */
1811 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1812
1813 /**
1814 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1815 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1816 * DBA has done his best job.
1817 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1818 */
1819 $wgSQLMode = '';
1820
1821 /**
1822 * Mediawiki schema
1823 */
1824 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1828 */
1829 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1830
1831 /**
1832 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1833 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1834 * Useful for debugging.
1835 */
1836 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1840 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1841 * main database.
1842 *
1843 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1844 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1845 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1846 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1847 *
1848 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1849 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1850 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1851 *
1852 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1853 * $wgDBprefix.
1854 *
1855 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1856 * $wgDBmwschema.
1857 *
1858 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1859 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1860 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1861 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1862 */
1863 $wgSharedDB = null;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * @see $wgSharedDB
1867 */
1868 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * @see $wgSharedDB
1872 */
1873 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1874
1875 /**
1876 * @see $wgSharedDB
1877 * @since 1.23
1878 */
1879 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1880
1881 /**
1882 * Database load balancer
1883 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1884 * Fields are:
1885 * - host: Host name
1886 * - dbname: Default database name
1887 * - user: DB user
1888 * - password: DB password
1889 * - type: DB type
1890 *
1891 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1892 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1893 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1894 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1895 *
1896 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1897 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1898 *
1899 * - flags: bit field
1900 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1901 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1902 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1903 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1904 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1905 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1906 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1907 * if available
1908 *
1909 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1910 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1911 *
1912 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1913 * variable of the Database object.
1914 *
1915 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1916 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1917 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1918 *
1919 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1920 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1921 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1922 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1923 *
1924 * @code
1925 * SET @@read_only=1;
1926 * @endcode
1927 *
1928 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1929 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1930 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1931 */
1932 $wgDBservers = false;
1933
1934 /**
1935 * Load balancer factory configuration
1936 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1937 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1938 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1939 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1940 *
1941 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1942 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1943 */
1944 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1945
1946 /**
1947 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1948 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1949 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1950 * @since 1.27
1951 */
1952 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1953
1954 /**
1955 * File to log database errors to
1956 */
1957 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1958
1959 /**
1960 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1961 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1962 *
1963 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1964 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1965 *
1966 * @par Examples:
1967 * @code
1968 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1969 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1970 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1971 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1972 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1973 * @endcode
1974 *
1975 * @since 1.20
1976 */
1977 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1978
1979 /**
1980 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1981 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1982 *
1983 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1984 *
1985 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1986 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1987 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1988 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1989 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1990 *
1991 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1992 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1993 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1994 */
1995 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1996
1997 /**
1998 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
1999 *
2000 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2001 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2002 * block).
2003 *
2004 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2005 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2006 * connections.
2007 *
2008 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2009 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2010 * pooled.
2011 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2012 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2013 *
2014 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2015 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2016 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2017 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2018 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2019 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2020 *
2021 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2022 *
2023 */
2024 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2025
2026 /**
2027 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2028 * account.
2029 * Array numeric key => database name
2030 */
2031 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2032
2033 /**
2034 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2035 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2036 * show a more obvious warning.
2037 */
2038 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2039
2040 /**
2041 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2042 */
2043 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2044
2045 /**
2046 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2047 */
2048 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2049
2050 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2051
2052 /************************************************************************//**
2053 * @name Text storage
2054 * @{
2055 */
2056
2057 /**
2058 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2059 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2060 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2061 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2062 */
2063 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2064
2065 /**
2066 * External stores allow including content
2067 * from non database sources following URL links.
2068 *
2069 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2070 * @code
2071 * $wgExternalStores = array("http","file","custom")...
2072 * @endcode
2073 *
2074 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2075 */
2076 $wgExternalStores = [];
2077
2078 /**
2079 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2080 *
2081 * @par Example:
2082 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2083 * @code
2084 * $wgExternalServers = array(
2085 * 'cluster1' => array( 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' )
2086 * );
2087 * @endcode
2088 *
2089 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2090 * another class.
2091 */
2092 $wgExternalServers = [];
2093
2094 /**
2095 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2096 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2097 *
2098 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2099 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2100 *
2101 * @par Example:
2102 * @code
2103 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = array( 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' );
2104 * @endcode
2105 *
2106 * @var array
2107 */
2108 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2109
2110 /**
2111 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2112 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2113 *
2114 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2115 */
2116 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2117
2118 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2119
2120 /************************************************************************//**
2121 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2122 * @{
2123 */
2124
2125 /**
2126 * Disable database-intensive features
2127 */
2128 $wgMiserMode = false;
2129
2130 /**
2131 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2132 */
2133 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2134
2135 /**
2136 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2137 */
2138 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2139
2140 /**
2141 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2142 */
2143 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2144
2145 /**
2146 * Enable slow parser functions
2147 */
2148 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2149
2150 /**
2151 * Allow schema updates
2152 */
2153 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2154
2155 /**
2156 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2157 */
2158 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2159
2160 /**
2161 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2162 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2163 */
2164 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2165
2166 /**
2167 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2168 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2169 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2170 * @since 1.26
2171 */
2172 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2173
2174 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2175
2176 /************************************************************************//**
2177 * @name Cache settings
2178 * @{
2179 */
2180
2181 /**
2182 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2183 * from the web.
2184 *
2185 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2186 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2187 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2188 */
2189 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2190
2191 /**
2192 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2193 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2194 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2195 *
2196 * The options are:
2197 *
2198 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2199 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2200 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2201 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2202 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2203 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2204 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2205 *
2206 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2207 */
2208 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2209
2210 /**
2211 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2212 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2213 *
2214 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2215 */
2216 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2217
2218 /**
2219 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2220 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2221 *
2222 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2223 */
2224 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2225
2226 /**
2227 * The cache type for storing session data.
2228 *
2229 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2230 */
2231 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2232
2233 /**
2234 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2235 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2236 *
2237 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2238 *
2239 * @since 1.20
2240 */
2241 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2242
2243 /**
2244 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2245 *
2246 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2247 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2248 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2249 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2250 *
2251 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2252 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2253 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2254 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2255 */
2256 $wgObjectCaches = [
2257 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2258 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2259
2260 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2261 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2262 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2263
2264 'db-replicated' => [
2265 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2266 'readFactory' => [
2267 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2268 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2269 ],
2270 'writeFactory' => [
2271 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2272 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2273 ],
2274 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2275 ],
2276
2277 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2278 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2279 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2280 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2281 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2282 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2283 ];
2284
2285 /**
2286 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2287 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2288 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2289 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2290 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2291 *
2292 * The options are:
2293 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2294 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2295 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2296 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2297 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2298 * @since 1.26
2299 */
2300 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2301
2302 /**
2303 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2304 *
2305 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2306 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2307 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2308 *
2309 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2310 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2311 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2312 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2313 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2314 *
2315 * @since 1.26
2316 */
2317 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2318 CACHE_NONE => [
2319 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2320 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2321 'channels' => []
2322 ]
2323 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2324 'memcached-php' => [
2325 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2326 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2327 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2328 ]
2329 */
2330 ];
2331
2332 /**
2333 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2334 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2335 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2336 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2337 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2338 *
2339 * The options are:
2340 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2341 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2342 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2343 *
2344 * @since 1.26
2345 */
2346 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2347
2348 /**
2349 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2350 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2351 */
2352 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2353
2354 /**
2355 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2356 *
2357 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2358 */
2359 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2363 */
2364 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2365
2366 /**
2367 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2368 */
2369 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2370
2371 /**
2372 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2373 */
2374 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2375
2376 /**
2377 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2378 *
2379 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2380 *
2381 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2382 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2383 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2384 * others' cookies.
2385 *
2386 * @since 1.27
2387 * @var string
2388 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2389 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2390 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2391 */
2392 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2393
2394 /**
2395 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2396 *
2397 * @since 1.28
2398 */
2399 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2400
2401 /**
2402 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2403 */
2404 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2405
2406 /**
2407 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2408 */
2409 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2410
2411 /**
2412 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2413 * requests.
2414 */
2415 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2416
2417 /**
2418 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2419 */
2420 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2421
2422 /**
2423 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2424 *
2425 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2426 *
2427 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2428 *
2429 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2430 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2431 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2432 */
2433 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2434
2435 /**
2436 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2437 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2438 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2439 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2440 */
2441 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2442
2443 /**
2444 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2445 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2446 *
2447 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2448 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2449 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2450 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2451 * otherwise the database will be used.
2452 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2453 * store static arrays.
2454 *
2455 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2456 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2457 *
2458 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2459 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2460 * will be used.
2461 *
2462 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2463 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2464 */
2465 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2466 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2467 'store' => 'detect',
2468 'storeClass' => false,
2469 'storeDirectory' => false,
2470 'manualRecache' => false,
2471 ];
2472
2473 /**
2474 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2475 */
2476 $wgCachePages = true;
2477
2478 /**
2479 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2480 * client-side and server-side caching.
2481 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2482 * @verbatim
2483 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2484 * @endverbatim
2485 */
2486 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2487
2488 /**
2489 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2490 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2491 */
2492 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2493
2494 /**
2495 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2496 *
2497 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2498 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2499 * styles.
2500 */
2501 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2502
2503 /**
2504 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2505 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2506 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2507 */
2508 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2509
2510 /**
2511 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2512 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2513 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2514 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2515 */
2516 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2517
2518 /**
2519 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2520 * @deprecated 1.26
2521 */
2522 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2523
2524 /**
2525 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2526 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2527 */
2528 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2529
2530 /**
2531 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2532 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2533 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2534 *
2535 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2536 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2537 * don't update as expected.
2538 */
2539 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2540
2541 /**
2542 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2543 */
2544 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2545
2546 /**
2547 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2548 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2549 *
2550 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2551 */
2552 $wgUseGzip = false;
2553
2554 /**
2555 * Whether MediaWiki should send an ETag header. Seems to cause
2556 * broken behavior with Squid 2.6, see bug 7098.
2557 */
2558 $wgUseETag = false;
2559
2560 /**
2561 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2562 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2563 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2564 * a grace period.
2565 */
2566 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2567
2568 /**
2569 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2570 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2571 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2572 *
2573 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2574 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2575 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2576 */
2577 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2578
2579 /**
2580 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2581 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2582 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2583 *
2584 * @par Example:
2585 * @code
2586 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2587 * @endcode
2588 *
2589 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2590 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2591 *
2592 * @var int|bool
2593 */
2594 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2595
2596 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2597
2598 /************************************************************************//**
2599 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2600 *
2601 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2602 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2603 *
2604 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2605 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2606 * more details.
2607 *
2608 * @{
2609 */
2610
2611 /**
2612 * Enable/disable CDN.
2613 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2614 */
2615 $wgUseSquid = false;
2616
2617 /**
2618 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2619 */
2620 $wgUseESI = false;
2621
2622 /**
2623 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2624 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2625 * @since 1.27
2626 */
2627 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2628
2629 /**
2630 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2631 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2632 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2633 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2634 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2635 * HTTP redirects.
2636 */
2637 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2638
2639 /**
2640 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2641 *
2642 * @par Example:
2643 * @code
2644 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2645 * @endcode
2646 */
2647 $wgInternalServer = false;
2648
2649 /**
2650 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2651 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2652 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2653 *
2654 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2655 */
2656 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2657
2658 /**
2659 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2660 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2661 * @since 1.27
2662 */
2663 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2664
2665 /**
2666 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2667 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2668 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2669 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2670 *
2671 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2672 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2673 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2674 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2675 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2676 *
2677 * @since 1.27
2678 */
2679 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2680
2681 /**
2682 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2683 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2684 * @since 1.27
2685 */
2686 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2687
2688 /**
2689 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2690 *
2691 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2692 */
2693 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2697 *
2698 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2699 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2700 *
2701 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2702 */
2703 $wgSquidServers = [];
2704
2705 /**
2706 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2707 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2708 * CIDR blocks.
2709 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2710 */
2711 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2712
2713 /**
2714 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2715 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2716 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2717 *
2718 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2719 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2720 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2721 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2722 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2723 *
2724 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2725 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2726 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2727 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2728 * reverse).
2729 *
2730 * @since 1.21
2731 */
2732 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2733
2734 /**
2735 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2736 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2737 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2738 *
2739 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2740 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2741 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2742 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2743 *
2744 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2745 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2746 * @code
2747 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2748 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => array(
2749 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2750 * 'port' => 4827,
2751 * ),
2752 * '' => array(
2753 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2754 * 'port' => 4827,
2755 * ),
2756 * );
2757 * @endcode
2758 *
2759 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2760 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2761 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2762 *
2763 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2764 * @code
2765 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2766 * '' => array(
2767 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2768 * array( 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ),
2769 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2770 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ),
2771 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ),
2772 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ),
2773 * ),
2774 * );
2775 * @endcode
2776 *
2777 * @since 1.22
2778 *
2779 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2780 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2781 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2782 *
2783 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2784 */
2785 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2786
2787 /**
2788 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2789 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2790 */
2791 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2792
2793 /**
2794 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2795 */
2796 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2797
2798 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2799
2800 /************************************************************************//**
2801 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2802 * @{
2803 */
2804
2805 /**
2806 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2807 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2808 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2809 *
2810 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2811 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2812 *
2813 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2814 * change it in their preferences.
2815 *
2816 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2817 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2818 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2819 */
2820 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2821
2822 /**
2823 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2824 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2825 */
2826 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2827
2828 /**
2829 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2830 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2831 *
2832 * @par Example:
2833 * @code
2834 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2835 * @endcode
2836 */
2837 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2838
2839 /**
2840 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2841 */
2842 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2843
2844 /**
2845 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2846 */
2847 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2848
2849 /**
2850 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2851 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2852 * Notes:
2853 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2854 * map.
2855 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2856 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2857 * this array.
2858 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2859 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2860 * the prefix in this array.
2861 */
2862 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2863
2864 /**
2865 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2866 */
2867 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2868
2869 /**
2870 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2871 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2872 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2873 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2874 */
2875 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2876 'als' => 'gsw',
2877 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2878 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2879 'bh' => 'bho',
2880 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2881 'no' => 'nb',
2882 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2883 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2884 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2885 'simple' => 'en',
2886 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2887 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2888 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2889 ];
2890
2891 /**
2892 * Character set for use in the article edit box. Language-specific encodings
2893 * may be defined.
2894 *
2895 * This historic feature is one of the first that was added by former MediaWiki
2896 * team leader Brion Vibber, and is used to support the Esperanto x-system.
2897 */
2898 $wgEditEncoding = '';
2899
2900 /**
2901 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2902 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2903 * set to "ar".
2904 *
2905 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2906 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2907 */
2908 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2909
2910 /**
2911 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2912 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2913 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2914 * support these characters.
2915 *
2916 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2917 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2918 */
2919 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2920
2921 /**
2922 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2923 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2924 * impact.
2925 *
2926 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2927 * details.
2928 *
2929 * @since 1.17
2930 */
2931 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2932
2933 /**
2934 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2935 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2936 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2937 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2938 *
2939 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2940 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2941 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2942 */
2943 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2944
2945 /**
2946 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2947 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2948 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2949 */
2950 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2951 /**
2952 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2953 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2954 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2955 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2956 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2957 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2958 *
2959 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2960 */
2961 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2962 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2963 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2964
2965 /**
2966 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2967 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2968 *
2969 * Known useragents:
2970 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2971 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2972 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2973 * - [...]
2974 *
2975 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2976 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2977 */
2978 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2979
2980 /**
2981 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2982 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2983 */
2984 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2985 ];
2986
2987 /**
2988 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2989 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2990 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2991 *
2992 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2993 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2994 * to remain viewable.
2995 *
2996 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2997 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2998 */
2999 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3000
3001 /**
3002 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3003 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3004 */
3005 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3006
3007 /**
3008 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3009 * numerals in interface.
3010 */
3011 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3012
3013 /**
3014 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3015 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3016 */
3017 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3018
3019 /**
3020 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3021 */
3022 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3026 */
3027 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3028
3029 /**
3030 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3031 */
3032 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3033
3034 /**
3035 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3036 */
3037 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3038
3039 /**
3040 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3041 */
3042 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3043
3044 /**
3045 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3046 *
3047 * @par Example:
3048 * @code
3049 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3050 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3051 * @endcode
3052 */
3053 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3054
3055 /**
3056 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3057 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3058 * language variant.
3059 *
3060 * @par Example:
3061 * @code
3062 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3063 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3064 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3065 * @endcode
3066 *
3067 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3068 *
3069 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3070 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3071 */
3072 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3073
3074 /**
3075 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3076 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3077 * customise these.
3078 */
3079 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3080
3081 /**
3082 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3083 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3084 *
3085 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3086 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3087 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3088 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3089 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3090 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3091 * the default behavior.
3092 *
3093 * @par Example:
3094 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3095 * portal:
3096 * @code
3097 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = array( 'mainpage', 'portal-url' );
3098 * @endcode
3099 */
3100 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3101
3102 /**
3103 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3104 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3105 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3106 *
3107 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3108 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3109 *
3110 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3111 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3112 *
3113 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3114 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3115 *
3116 * @par Examples:
3117 * @code
3118 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3119 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3120 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3121 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3122 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3123 * @endcode
3124 */
3125 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3126
3127 /**
3128 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3129 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3130 *
3131 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3132 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3133 *
3134 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3135 */
3136 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3137
3138 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3139
3140 /*************************************************************************//**
3141 * @name Output format and skin settings
3142 * @{
3143 */
3144
3145 /**
3146 * The default Content-Type header.
3147 */
3148 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3149
3150 /**
3151 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3152 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3153 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3154 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3155 * @deprecated since 1.22
3156 */
3157 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3158
3159 /**
3160 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3161 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3162 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3163 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3164 * @deprecated since 1.22
3165 */
3166 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3167
3168 /**
3169 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3170 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3171 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3172 * to true by Setup.php.
3173 * @deprecated since 1.22
3174 */
3175 $wgHtml5 = true;
3176
3177 /**
3178 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3179 *
3180 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3181 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3182 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3183 * @since 1.16
3184 */
3185 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3186
3187 /**
3188 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3189 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3190 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3191 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3192 * @since 1.24
3193 */
3194 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3195
3196 /**
3197 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3198 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3199 * stable and change has been communicated.
3200 * @since 1.24
3201 */
3202 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3206 *
3207 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3208 *
3209 * @par Example:
3210 * @code
3211 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3212 * @endcode
3213 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3214 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3215 *
3216 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3217 */
3218 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3219
3220 /**
3221 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3222 *
3223 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3224 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3225 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3226 */
3227 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3228
3229 /**
3230 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3231 */
3232 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3233
3234 /**
3235 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3236 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3237 */
3238 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3242 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3243 */
3244 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3245
3246 /**
3247 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3248 *
3249 * @since 1.24
3250 */
3251 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3252
3253 /**
3254 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3255 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3256 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3257 */
3258 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3259
3260 /**
3261 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3262 */
3263 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3264
3265 /**
3266 * Allow user Javascript page?
3267 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3268 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3269 */
3270 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3271
3272 /**
3273 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3274 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3275 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3276 */
3277 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3278
3279 /**
3280 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3281 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3282 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3283 */
3284 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3285
3286 /**
3287 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3288 */
3289 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3290
3291 /**
3292 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3293 */
3294 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3295
3296 /**
3297 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3298 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3299 */
3300 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3301
3302 /**
3303 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3304 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3305 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3306 *
3307 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3308 *
3309 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3310 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3311 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3312 *
3313 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3314 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3315 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3316 * recommended.
3317 *
3318 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3319 * not just edit pages.
3320 */
3321 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3322
3323 /**
3324 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3325 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3326 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3327 * Options are:
3328 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3329 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3330 * - false: Allow all framing.
3331 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3332 */
3333 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3334
3335 /**
3336 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3337 */
3338 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3339
3340 /**
3341 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3342 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3343 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3344 *
3345 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3346 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3347 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3348 */
3349 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3350
3351 /**
3352 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3353 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3354 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3355 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3356 *
3357 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3358 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3359 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3360 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3361 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3362 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3363 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3364 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3365 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3366 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3367 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3368 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3369 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3370 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3371 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3372 * not be outputted
3373 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3374 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3375 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3376 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3377 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3378 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3379 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3380 */
3381 $wgFooterIcons = [
3382 "copyright" => [
3383 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3384 ],
3385 "poweredby" => [
3386 "mediawiki" => [
3387 // Defaults to point at
3388 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3389 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3390 "src" => null,
3391 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3392 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3393 ]
3394 ],
3395 ];
3396
3397 /**
3398 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3399 * to create an account.
3400 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3401 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3402 */
3403 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3404
3405 /**
3406 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3407 */
3408 $wgEdititis = false;
3409
3410 /**
3411 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3412 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3413 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3414 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3415 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3416 *
3417 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3418 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3419 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3420 */
3421 $wgSend404Code = true;
3422
3423 /**
3424 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3425 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3426 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3427 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3428 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3429 *
3430 * @since 1.20
3431 */
3432 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3433
3434 /**
3435 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3436 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3437 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3438 * unconditionally.
3439 */
3440 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3441
3442 /**
3443 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3444 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3445 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3446 * the domain root.
3447 *
3448 * @since 1.25
3449 */
3450 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3451
3452 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3453
3454 /*************************************************************************//**
3455 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3456 * @{
3457 */
3458
3459 /**
3460 * Client-side resource modules.
3461 *
3462 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3463 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3464 *
3465 * @par Example:
3466 * @code
3467 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = array(
3468 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3469 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3470 * 'dependencies' => array( 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ),
3471 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3472 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3473 * );
3474 * @endcode
3475 */
3476 $wgResourceModules = [];
3477
3478 /**
3479 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3480 *
3481 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3482 * not be modified or disabled.
3483 *
3484 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3485 *
3486 * @par Example:
3487 * @code
3488 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3489 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3490 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3491 * );
3492 *
3493 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3494 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3495 * );
3496 * @endcode
3497 *
3498 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3499 *
3500 * @par Equivalent:
3501 * @code
3502 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3503 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3504 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3505 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3506 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3507 * ),
3508 * );
3509 * @endcode
3510 *
3511 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3512 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3513 *
3514 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3515 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3516 *
3517 * @par Example:
3518 * @code
3519 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3520 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3521 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3522 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3523 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3524 * ),
3525 * );
3526 * // Note the '+' character:
3527 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3528 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3529 * );
3530 * @endcode
3531 *
3532 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3533 *
3534 * @par Equivalent:
3535 * @code
3536 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3537 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3538 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3539 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3540 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3541 * 'foo' => array(
3542 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3543 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3544 * ),
3545 * ),
3546 * );
3547 * @endcode
3548 *
3549 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3550 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3551 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3552 *
3553 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3554 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3555 *
3556 * @par Example:
3557 * @code
3558 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3559 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3560 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3561 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3562 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3563 * );
3564 * @endcode
3565 */
3566 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3567
3568 /**
3569 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3570 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3571 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3572 *
3573 * @par Example:
3574 * @code
3575 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3576 * @endcode
3577 */
3578 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3579
3580 /**
3581 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3582 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3583 */
3584 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3585
3586 /**
3587 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3588 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3589 *
3590 * Following options to distinguish:
3591 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3592 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3593 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3594 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3595 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3596 *
3597 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3598 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3599 * client and MediaWiki.
3600 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3601 */
3602 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3603 'versioned' => [
3604 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3605 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3606 ],
3607 'unversioned' => [
3608 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3609 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3610 ],
3611 ];
3612
3613 /**
3614 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3615 *
3616 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3617 */
3618 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3619
3620 /**
3621 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3622 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3623 *
3624 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3625 */
3626 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3627
3628 /**
3629 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3630 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3631 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3632 *
3633 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3634 */
3635 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3636
3637 /**
3638 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3639 *
3640 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3641 */
3642 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3643
3644 /**
3645 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3646 *
3647 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3648 * work.
3649 *
3650 * @par Example of legacy code:
3651 * @code{,js}
3652 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3653 * @endcode
3654 * or:
3655 * @code{,js}
3656 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3657 * @endcode
3658 *
3659 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3660 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3661 * @code{,js}
3662 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3663 * @endcode
3664 * or:
3665 * @code{,js}
3666 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3667 * @endcode
3668 */
3669 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3670
3671 /**
3672 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3673 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3674 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3675 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3676 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3677 * that you can't increase.
3678 *
3679 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3680 * string length limit.
3681 *
3682 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3683 */
3684 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3685
3686 /**
3687 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3688 * prior to minification to validate it.
3689 *
3690 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3691 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3692 */
3693 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3694
3695 /**
3696 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3697 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3698 *
3699 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3700 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3701 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3702 */
3703 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3704
3705 /**
3706 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3707 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3708 *
3709 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3710 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3711 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3712 *
3713 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3714 *
3715 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3716 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3717 *
3718 * @par Example:
3719 * @code
3720 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = array(
3721 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3722 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3723 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3724 * );
3725 * @endcode
3726 * @since 1.22
3727 */
3728 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3729 /**
3730 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3731 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3732 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3733 * @since 1.27
3734 */
3735 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3736 ];
3737
3738 /**
3739 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3740 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3741 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3742 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3743 *
3744 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3745 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3746 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3747 * files from its own tree.
3748 *
3749 * @since 1.22
3750 */
3751 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3752 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3753 ];
3754
3755 /**
3756 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3757 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3758 *
3759 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3760 */
3761 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3762
3763 /**
3764 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3765 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3766 *
3767 * @since 1.23
3768 */
3769 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3770
3771 /**
3772 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3773 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3774 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3775 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3776 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3777 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3778 * from the rest of the site.
3779 *
3780 * @since 1.25
3781 */
3782 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3783
3784 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3785
3786 /*************************************************************************//**
3787 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3788 * @{
3789 */
3790
3791 /**
3792 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3793 * used instead.
3794 */
3795 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3796
3797 /**
3798 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3799 *
3800 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3801 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3802 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3803 */
3804 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3805
3806 /**
3807 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3808 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3809 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3810 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3811 * hook or extension.json.
3812 *
3813 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3814 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3815 * the new namespace name.
3816 *
3817 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3818 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3819 *
3820 * @par Example:
3821 * @code
3822 * $wgExtraNamespaces = array(
3823 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3824 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3825 * 102 => "Aide",
3826 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3827 * );
3828 * @endcode
3829 *
3830 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3831 */
3832 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3833
3834 /**
3835 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3836 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3837 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3838 * @since 1.18
3839 */
3840 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3841
3842 /**
3843 * Namespace aliases.
3844 *
3845 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3846 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3847 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3848 * name.
3849 *
3850 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3851 *
3852 * @par Example:
3853 * @code
3854 * $wgNamespaceAliases = array(
3855 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3856 * 'Help' => 100,
3857 * );
3858 * @endcode
3859 */
3860 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3861
3862 /**
3863 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3864 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3865 *
3866 * Problematic punctuation:
3867 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3868 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3869 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3870 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3871 * corrupted by apache
3872 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3873 *
3874 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3875 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3876 *
3877 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3878 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3879 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3880 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3881 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3882 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3883 *
3884 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3885 *
3886 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3887 * this breaks interlanguage links
3888 */
3889 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3890
3891 /**
3892 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3893 *
3894 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3895 */
3896 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3897
3898 /**
3899 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3900 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3901 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3902 *
3903 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3904 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3905 */
3906 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3907
3908 /**
3909 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3910 */
3911 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3912
3913 /**
3914 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3915 * @{
3916 */
3917
3918 /**
3919 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3920 * database (.cdb) file.
3921 *
3922 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3923 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3924 * formats such as the following:
3925 *
3926 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3927 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3928 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3929 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3930 *
3931 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3932 * data layout.
3933 *
3934 * @var bool|array|string
3935 */
3936 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3937
3938 /**
3939 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3940 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3941 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3942 * - 3: site levels
3943 */
3944 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3945
3946 /**
3947 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3948 */
3949 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3950
3951 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3952
3953 /**
3954 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3955 * @{
3956 */
3957
3958 /**
3959 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3960 */
3961 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3962
3963 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3964
3965 /**
3966 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3967 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3968 * as 'redirected from' links.
3969 *
3970 * @par Example:
3971 * It might look something like this:
3972 * @code
3973 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3974 * @endcode
3975 *
3976 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3977 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3978 * the URL.
3979 */
3980 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3981
3982 /**
3983 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3984 *
3985 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3986 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3987 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3988 */
3989 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3990
3991 /**
3992 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3993 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3994 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3995 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3996 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3997 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3998 * NS_FILE.
3999 *
4000 * @par Example:
4001 * @code
4002 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4003 * @endcode
4004 */
4005 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4006
4007 /**
4008 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4009 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4010 */
4011 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4012 NS_TALK => true,
4013 NS_USER => true,
4014 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4015 NS_PROJECT => true,
4016 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4017 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4018 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4019 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4020 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4021 NS_HELP => true,
4022 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4023 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4024 ];
4025
4026 /**
4027 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4028 *
4029 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4030 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4031 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4032 *
4033 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4034 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4035 *
4036 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4037 * the new extension registration system.
4038 *
4039 * @since 1.23
4040 */
4041 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4042
4043 /**
4044 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4045 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4046 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4047 * number of articles in the wiki.
4048 */
4049 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4050
4051 /**
4052 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4053 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4054 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4055 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4056 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4057 */
4058 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4059
4060 /**
4061 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4062 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4063 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4064 */
4065 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4069 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4070 * will make the redirect fail.
4071 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4072 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4073 *
4074 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4075 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4076 */
4077 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4078
4079 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4080
4081 /************************************************************************//**
4082 * @name Parser settings
4083 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4084 * @{
4085 */
4086
4087 /**
4088 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4089 *
4090 * class The class name
4091 *
4092 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4093 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4094 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4095 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4096 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4097 *
4098 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4099 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4100 *
4101 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4102 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4103 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4104 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4105 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4106 * an extension setup function.
4107 */
4108 $wgParserConf = [
4109 'class' => 'Parser',
4110 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4111 ];
4112
4113 /**
4114 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4115 */
4116 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4117
4118 /**
4119 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4120 * by PPFrame::expand()
4121 */
4122 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4123
4124 /**
4125 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4126 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4127 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4128 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4129 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4130 *
4131 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4132 */
4133 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4134
4135 /**
4136 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4137 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4138 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4139 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4140 */
4141 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4142
4143 /**
4144 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4145 */
4146 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4147
4148 /**
4149 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4150 *
4151 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4152 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4153 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4154 * more information.
4155 *
4156 * @see wfParseUrl
4157 */
4158 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4159 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4160 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4161 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4162 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4163 ];
4164
4165 /**
4166 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4167 */
4168 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4169
4170 /**
4171 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4172 */
4173 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4174
4175 /**
4176 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4177 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4178 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4179 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4180 *
4181 * @par Examples:
4182 * @code
4183 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4184 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = array( 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' );
4185 * @endcode
4186 */
4187 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4188
4189 /**
4190 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4191 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4192 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4193 * The image will be displayed.
4194 *
4195 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4196 * Or false to disable it
4197 */
4198 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4199
4200 /**
4201 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4202 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4203 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4204 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4205 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4206 * sites they control.
4207 */
4208 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4209
4210 /**
4211 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4212 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4213 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4214 *
4215 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4216 * parameters will be used instead.
4217 *
4218 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4219 *
4220 * Keys are:
4221 * - driver: May be:
4222 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4223 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4224 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4225 *
4226 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4227 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4228 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4229 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4230 */
4231 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4232
4233 /**
4234 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4235 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4236 */
4237 $wgUseTidy = false;
4238
4239 /**
4240 * The path to the tidy binary.
4241 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4242 */
4243 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4244
4245 /**
4246 * The path to the tidy config file
4247 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4248 */
4249 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4250
4251 /**
4252 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4253 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4254 */
4255 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4256
4257 /**
4258 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4259 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4260 */
4261 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4262
4263 /**
4264 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4265 * Only works for internal tidy.
4266 */
4267 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4268
4269 /**
4270 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4271 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4272 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4273 */
4274 $wgRawHtml = false;
4275
4276 /**
4277 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4278 *
4279 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4280 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4281 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4282 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4283 * to some of your users.
4284 */
4285 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4286
4287 /**
4288 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4289 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4290 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4291 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4292 */
4293 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4294
4295 /**
4296 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4297 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4298 */
4299 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4300
4301 /**
4302 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4303 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4304 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4305 *
4306 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = array( 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org',
4307 * 'mediawiki.org' );
4308 *
4309 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4310 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4311 * etc.
4312 *
4313 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4314 */
4315 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4316
4317 /**
4318 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4319 */
4320 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4321
4322 /**
4323 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4324 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4325 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4326 */
4327 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4328
4329 /**
4330 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4331 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4332 */
4333 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4334
4335 /**
4336 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4337 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4338 */
4339 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4340
4341 /**
4342 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4343 */
4344 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4345
4346 /**
4347 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4348 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4349 */
4350 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4351
4352 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4353
4354 /************************************************************************//**
4355 * @name Statistics
4356 * @{
4357 */
4358
4359 /**
4360 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4361 * as a valid article.
4362 *
4363 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4364 *
4365 * This variable can have the following values:
4366 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4367 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4368 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4369 *
4370 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4371 *
4372 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4373 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4374 * script.
4375 */
4376 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4377
4378 /**
4379 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4380 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4381 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4382 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4383 * numbers between different wikis.
4384 */
4385 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4386
4387 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4388
4389 /************************************************************************//**
4390 * @name User accounts, authentication
4391 * @{
4392 */
4393
4394 /**
4395 * Central ID lookup providers
4396 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4397 * @since 1.27
4398 */
4399 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4400 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4401 ];
4402
4403 /**
4404 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4405 * @var string
4406 */
4407 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4408
4409 /**
4410 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4411 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4412 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4413 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4414 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4415 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4416 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4417 * Statements:
4418 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4419 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4420 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4421 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4422 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4423 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4424 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4425 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4426 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4427 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4428 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4429 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4430 * @since 1.26
4431 */
4432 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4433 'policies' => [
4434 'bureaucrat' => [
4435 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4436 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4437 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4438 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4439 ],
4440 'sysop' => [
4441 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4442 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4443 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4444 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4445 ],
4446 'bot' => [
4447 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4448 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4449 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4450 ],
4451 'default' => [
4452 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4453 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4454 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4455 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4456 ],
4457 ],
4458 'checks' => [
4459 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4460 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4461 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4462 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4463 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4464 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4465 ],
4466 ];
4467
4468 /**
4469 * Disable AuthManager
4470 * @since 1.27
4471 * @deprecated since 1.27, for use during development only
4472 */
4473 $wgDisableAuthManager = false;
4474
4475 /**
4476 * Configure AuthManager
4477 *
4478 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4479 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4480 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4481 * (default is 0).
4482 *
4483 * Elements are:
4484 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4485 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4486 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4487 *
4488 * @since 1.27
4489 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4490 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4491 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4492 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4493 */
4494 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4495
4496 /**
4497 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4498 * @since 1.27
4499 */
4500 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4501 'preauth' => [
4502 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4503 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4504 'sort' => 0,
4505 ],
4506 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4507 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4508 'sort' => 0,
4509 ],
4510 ],
4511 'primaryauth' => [
4512 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4513 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4514 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4515 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4516 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4517 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4518 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4519 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4520 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4521 'args' => [ [
4522 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4523 'authoritative' => false,
4524 ] ],
4525 'sort' => 0,
4526 ],
4527 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4528 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4529 'args' => [ [
4530 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4531 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4532 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4533 // password") if it too fails.
4534 'authoritative' => true,
4535 ] ],
4536 'sort' => 100,
4537 ],
4538 ],
4539 'secondaryauth' => [
4540 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4541 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4542 'sort' => 0,
4543 ],
4544 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4545 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4546 'sort' => 100,
4547 ],
4548 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4549 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4550 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4551 // 'sort' => 100,
4552 // ],
4553 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4554 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4555 'sort' => 200,
4556 ],
4557 ],
4558 ];
4559
4560 /**
4561 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4562 *
4563 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4564 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4565 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4566 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4567 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4568 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4569 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4570 * that needs to do this.
4571 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4572 * the last X seconds.
4573 * - Come up with a third option.
4574 *
4575 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4576 * "X seconds".
4577 *
4578 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4579 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4580 * - LinkAccounts
4581 * - UnlinkAccount
4582 * - ChangeCredentials
4583 * - RemoveCredentials
4584 * - ChangeEmail
4585 *
4586 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4587 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4588 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4589 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4590 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4591 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4592 *
4593 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4594 *
4595 * @since 1.27
4596 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4597 */
4598 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4599 'default' => 300,
4600 ];
4601
4602 /**
4603 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4604 *
4605 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4606 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4607 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4608 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4609 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4610 *
4611 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4612 *
4613 * @since 1.27
4614 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4615 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4616 */
4617 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4618 'default' => true,
4619 ];
4620
4621 /**
4622 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4623 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4624 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4625 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4626 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4627 * @since 1.27
4628 * @var string[]
4629 */
4630 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4631 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4632 ];
4633
4634 /**
4635 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4636 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4637 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4638 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4639 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4640 * @since 1.27
4641 * @var string[]
4642 */
4643 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4644 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4645 ];
4646
4647 /**
4648 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4649 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4650 */
4651 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4652
4653 /**
4654 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4655 * words are allowed.
4656 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4657 */
4658 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4659
4660 /**
4661 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4662 *
4663 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4664 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4665 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4666 *
4667 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4668 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4669 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4670 */
4671 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4672
4673 /**
4674 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4675 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4676 * @since 1.23
4677 */
4678 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4679
4680 /**
4681 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4682 *
4683 * @since 1.24
4684 */
4685 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4686
4687 /**
4688 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4689 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4690 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4691 *
4692 * An advanced example:
4693 * @code
4694 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = array(
4695 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4696 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4697 * 'secrets' => array(),
4698 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4699 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4700 * 'cost' => 5,
4701 * );
4702 * @endcode
4703 *
4704 * @since 1.24
4705 */
4706 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4707 'A' => [
4708 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4709 ],
4710 'B' => [
4711 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4712 ],
4713 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4714 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4715 'types' => [
4716 'A',
4717 'pbkdf2',
4718 ],
4719 ],
4720 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4721 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4722 'types' => [
4723 'B',
4724 'pbkdf2',
4725 ],
4726 ],
4727 'bcrypt' => [
4728 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4729 'cost' => 9,
4730 ],
4731 'pbkdf2' => [
4732 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4733 'algo' => 'sha512',
4734 'cost' => '30000',
4735 'length' => '64',
4736 ],
4737 ];
4738
4739 /**
4740 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4741 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4742 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4743 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4744 */
4745 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4746 'username' => true,
4747 'email' => true,
4748 ];
4749
4750 /**
4751 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4752 */
4753 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4754
4755 /**
4756 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4757 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4758 */
4759 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4760
4761 /**
4762 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4763 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4764 */
4765 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4766 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4767 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4768 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4769 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4770 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4771 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4772 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4773 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4774 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4775 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4776 ];
4777
4778 /**
4779 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4780 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4781 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4782 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4783 */
4784 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4785 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4786 'cols' => 80,
4787 'date' => 'default',
4788 'diffonly' => 0,
4789 'disablemail' => 0,
4790 'editfont' => 'default',
4791 'editondblclick' => 0,
4792 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4793 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4794 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4795 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4796 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4797 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4798 'fancysig' => 0,
4799 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4800 'gender' => 'unknown',
4801 'hideminor' => 0,
4802 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4803 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4804 'imagesize' => 2,
4805 'math' => 1,
4806 'minordefault' => 0,
4807 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4808 'nickname' => '',
4809 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4810 'numberheadings' => 0,
4811 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4812 'previewontop' => 1,
4813 'rcdays' => 7,
4814 'rclimit' => 50,
4815 'rows' => 25,
4816 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4817 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4818 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4819 'skin' => false,
4820 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4821 'thumbsize' => 5,
4822 'underline' => 2,
4823 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4824 'usenewrc' => 1,
4825 'watchcreations' => 1,
4826 'watchdefault' => 1,
4827 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4828 'watchuploads' => 1,
4829 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4830 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4831 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4832 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4833 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4834 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4835 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4836 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4837 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4838 'watchmoves' => 0,
4839 'watchrollback' => 0,
4840 'wllimit' => 250,
4841 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4842 'prefershttps' => 1,
4843 ];
4844
4845 /**
4846 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4847 */
4848 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4849
4850 /**
4851 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4852 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4853 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4854 */
4855 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4856
4857 /**
4858 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4859 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4860 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4861 *
4862 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4863 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4864 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4865 */
4866 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4867
4868 /**
4869 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4870 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4871 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4872 * @since 1.17
4873 */
4874 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4875
4876 /**
4877 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4878 *
4879 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4880 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4881 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4882 *
4883 * @since 1.27
4884 * @var string|null
4885 */
4886 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4887
4888 /**
4889 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4890 *
4891 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4892 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4893 *
4894 * @since 1.27
4895 */
4896 $wgSessionProviders = [
4897 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4898 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4899 'args' => [ [
4900 'priority' => 30,
4901 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4902 ] ],
4903 ],
4904 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4905 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4906 'args' => [ [
4907 'priority' => 75,
4908 ] ],
4909 ],
4910 ];
4911
4912 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4913
4914 /************************************************************************//**
4915 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4916 * @{
4917 */
4918
4919 /**
4920 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4921 */
4922 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4923
4924 /**
4925 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4926 */
4927 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4928
4929 /**
4930 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4931 */
4932 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4933
4934 /**
4935 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4936 *
4937 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4938 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4939 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4940 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4941 *
4942 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4943 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4944 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4945 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4946 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4947 */
4948 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4949 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4950 'IPv6' => 19,
4951 ];
4952
4953 /**
4954 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4955 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4956 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4957 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4958 * anonymous visitors.
4959 */
4960 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4961
4962 /**
4963 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4964 *
4965 * @par Example:
4966 * @code
4967 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4968 * @endcode
4969 *
4970 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4971 *
4972 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4973 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4974 *
4975 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4976 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4977 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4978 */
4979 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4980
4981 /**
4982 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4983 *
4984 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4985 * is without underscore.
4986 *
4987 * @par Example:
4988 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4989 * @code
4990 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "/Main Page/" );
4991 * @endcode
4992 *
4993 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4994 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4995 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4996 *
4997 * @par Example:
4998 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
4999 * @code
5000 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "@^UsEr.*@i" );
5001 * @endcode
5002 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5003 *
5004 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5005 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5006 */
5007 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5008
5009 /**
5010 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5011 * address before being allowed to edit?
5012 */
5013 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5014
5015 /**
5016 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5017 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5018 */
5019 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5020
5021 /**
5022 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5023 *
5024 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5025 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5026 *
5027 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5028 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5029 *
5030 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5031 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5032 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5033 * in in the user_groups table.
5034 *
5035 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = array(); unless you know what you're
5036 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5037 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5038 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5039 *
5040 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5041 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5042 *
5043 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5044 */
5045 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5046
5047 /** @cond file_level_code */
5048 // Implicit group for all visitors
5049 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5050 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5051 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5052 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5062 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5063
5064 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true; // can use ?action=purge without clicking "ok"
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5083
5084 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5087
5088 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5089 // from various log pages by default
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5098
5099 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5103 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5105 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5107 // can view deleted revision text
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5140 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5141 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5145
5146 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5149 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5150 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5151 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5152 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5153
5154 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5155 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5156 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5157 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5158 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5159 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5160 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5161 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5162 // For private suppression log access
5163 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5164
5165 /**
5166 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5167 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5168 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5169 * server.
5170 */
5171 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5172
5173 /** @endcond */
5174
5175 /**
5176 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5177 *
5178 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5179 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5180 *
5181 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5182 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5183 */
5184 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5185
5186 /**
5187 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5188 */
5189 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5190
5191 /**
5192 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5193 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5194 *
5195 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5196 * group".
5197 *
5198 * @par Example:
5199 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5200 * @code
5201 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = array( 'sysop' => array( 'bot' ) );
5202 * @endcode
5203 *
5204 * @par Example:
5205 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5206 * @code
5207 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = array( '*' => true );
5208 * @endcode
5209 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5210 * any group that they happen to be in.
5211 */
5212 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5213
5214 /**
5215 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5216 */
5217 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5218
5219 /**
5220 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5221 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5222 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5223 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5224 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5225 */
5226 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5227
5228 /**
5229 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5230 *
5231 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5232 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5233 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5234 *
5235 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5236 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5237 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5238 */
5239 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5240
5241 /**
5242 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5243 *
5244 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5245 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5246 *
5247 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5248 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5249 */
5250 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5251
5252 /**
5253 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5254 *
5255 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5256 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5257 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5258 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5259 * "semiprotected".
5260 *
5261 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5262 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5263 */
5264 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5265
5266 /**
5267 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5268 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5269 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5270 *
5271 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5272 */
5273 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5274
5275 /**
5276 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5277 *
5278 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5279 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5280 *
5281 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5282 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5283 */
5284 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5285
5286 /**
5287 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5288 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5289 * privileges of new accounts.
5290 *
5291 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5292 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5293 *
5294 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5295 *
5296 * @par Example:
5297 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5298 * @code
5299 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5300 * @endcode
5301 * Set age to one day:
5302 * @code
5303 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5304 * @endcode
5305 */
5306 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5307
5308 /**
5309 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5310 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5311 *
5312 * @par Example:
5313 * @code
5314 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5315 * @endcode
5316 */
5317 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5318
5319 /**
5320 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5321 *
5322 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5323 *
5324 * The format is
5325 * array( '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... )
5326 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5327 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5328 * array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ), *OR*
5329 * array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ), *OR*
5330 * array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ), *OR*
5331 * array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ), *OR*
5332 * array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ), *OR*
5333 * array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ), *OR*
5334 * array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ), *OR*
5335 * array( APCOND_BLOCKED ), *OR*
5336 * array( APCOND_ISBOT ), *OR*
5337 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5338 *
5339 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5340 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5341 */
5342 $wgAutopromote = [
5343 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5344 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5345 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5346 ],
5347 ];
5348
5349 /**
5350 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5351 *
5352 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5353 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5354 *
5355 * The format is:
5356 * @code
5357 * array( event => criteria, ... )
5358 * @endcode
5359 * Where event is either:
5360 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5361 *
5362 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5363 *
5364 * @see $wgAutopromote
5365 * @since 1.18
5366 */
5367 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5368 'onEdit' => [],
5369 ];
5370
5371 /**
5372 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5373 * @since 1.18
5374 */
5375 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5376
5377 /**
5378 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5379 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5380 *
5381 * @par Example:
5382 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5383 * @code
5384 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5385 * @endcode
5386 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5387 * @code
5388 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = array( 'bot', 'sysop' );
5389 * @endcode
5390 * Sysops can make bots:
5391 * @code
5392 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = array( 'bot' );
5393 * @endcode
5394 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5395 * @code
5396 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = array( 'sysop', 'bot' );
5397 * @endcode
5398 */
5399 $wgAddGroups = [];
5400
5401 /**
5402 * @see $wgAddGroups
5403 */
5404 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5405
5406 /**
5407 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5408 * For extensions only.
5409 */
5410 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5411
5412 /**
5413 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5414 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5415 */
5416 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5417
5418 /**
5419 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5420 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5421 * This is limited for performance reason.
5422 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5423 * @since 1.23
5424 */
5425 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5426
5427 /**
5428 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5429 *
5430 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5431 */
5432 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5433
5434 /**
5435 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5436 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5437 *
5438 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5439 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5440 *
5441 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5442 *
5443 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5444 */
5445 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5446
5447 /**
5448 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5449 */
5450 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5451
5452 /**
5453 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5454 * proxies
5455 * @since 1.16
5456 */
5457 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5458
5459 /**
5460 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5461 *
5462 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5463 * the blacklist require a key).
5464 *
5465 * @par Example:
5466 * @code
5467 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = array(
5468 * // String containing URL
5469 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5470 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5471 * array( 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ),
5472 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5473 * // just use a string as shown above
5474 * array( 'opm.tornevall.org.' )
5475 * );
5476 * @endcode
5477 *
5478 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5479 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5480 * @since 1.16
5481 */
5482 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5483
5484 /**
5485 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5486 * what the other methods might say.
5487 */
5488 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5489
5490 /**
5491 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5492 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5493 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5494 */
5495 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5496
5497 /**
5498 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5499 *
5500 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5501 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5502 * elapses.
5503 *
5504 * @par Example:
5505 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5506 * @code
5507 * $wgRateLimits = array( 4, 60 );
5508 * @endcode
5509 *
5510 * @par Example:
5511 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5512 * @code
5513 * $wgRateLimits = array(
5514 * 'edit' => array(
5515 * 'anon' => array( x, y ), // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5516 * 'user' => array( x, y ), // each logged-in user
5517 * 'newbie' => array( x, y ), // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5518 * 'ip' => array( x, y ), // each anon and recent account
5519 * 'subnet' => array( x, y ), // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5520 * )
5521 * )
5522 * @endcode
5523 *
5524 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5525 */
5526 $wgRateLimits = [
5527 // Page edits
5528 'edit' => [
5529 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5530 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5531 ],
5532 // Page moves
5533 'move' => [
5534 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5535 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5536 ],
5537 // File uploads
5538 'upload' => [
5539 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5540 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5541 ],
5542 // Page rollbacks
5543 'rollback' => [
5544 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5545 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5546 ],
5547 // Triggering password resets emails
5548 'mailpassword' => [
5549 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5550 ],
5551 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5552 'emailuser' => [
5553 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5554 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5555 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5556 ],
5557 // Purging pages
5558 'purge' => [
5559 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5560 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5561 ],
5562 // Purges of link tables
5563 'linkpurge' => [
5564 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5565 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5566 ],
5567 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5568 'renderfile' => [
5569 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5570 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5571 ],
5572 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5573 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5574 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5575 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5576 ],
5577 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5578 'stashedit' => [
5579 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5580 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5581 ],
5582 // Adding or removing change tags
5583 'changetag' => [
5584 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5585 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5586 ],
5587 ];
5588
5589 /**
5590 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5591 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5592 */
5593 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5594
5595 /**
5596 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5597 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5598 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5599 */
5600 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5601
5602 /**
5603 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5604 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5605 */
5606 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5607
5608 /**
5609 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5610 *
5611 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5612 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5613 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5614 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5615 *
5616 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5617 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5618 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5619 */
5620 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5621 // Short term limit
5622 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5623 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5624 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5625 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5626 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5627 ];
5628
5629 /**
5630 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5631 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5632 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5633 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5634 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5635 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5636 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5637 * @since 1.27
5638 */
5639 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5640
5641 // @TODO: clean up grants
5642 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5643
5644 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5645 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5646 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoreview'] = true;
5647 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5648 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5649 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5650 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5651 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5652 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5653 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5654 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['torunblocked'] = true;
5655 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5656
5657 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5659 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5660 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5661
5662 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5664 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5666
5667 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5668 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5669
5670 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5671 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5672 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5673
5674 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5675
5676 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5677 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5678 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5680
5681 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5688
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5691
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5693 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5698
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5700
5701 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5702
5703 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5705
5706 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5709
5710 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5712 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5714 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5715 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5717
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5719 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5720
5721 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5722
5723 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5724
5725 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5726
5727 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5728
5729 /**
5730 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5731 * @since 1.27
5732 */
5733 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5734 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5735 'basic' => 'hidden',
5736
5737 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5738 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5739 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5740 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5741
5742 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5743 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5744
5745 'sendemail' => 'email',
5746
5747 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5748 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5749
5750 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5751 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5752
5753 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5754 'rollback' => 'administration',
5755 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5756 'delete' => 'administration',
5757 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5758 'protect' => 'administration',
5759 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5760
5761 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5762 ];
5763
5764 /**
5765 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5766 * @since 1.27
5767 */
5768 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5769
5770 /**
5771 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5772 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5773 * @since 1.27
5774 */
5775 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5776
5777 /**
5778 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5779 *
5780 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5781 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5782 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5783 * @since 1.27
5784 */
5785 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5786
5787 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5788
5789 /************************************************************************//**
5790 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5791 * @{
5792 */
5793
5794 /**
5795 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5796 */
5797 $wgSecretKey = false;
5798
5799 /**
5800 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5801 *
5802 * This can have the following formats:
5803 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5804 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5805 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5806 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5807 */
5808 $wgProxyList = [];
5809
5810 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5811
5812 /************************************************************************//**
5813 * @name Cookie settings
5814 * @{
5815 */
5816
5817 /**
5818 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5819 */
5820 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5821
5822 /**
5823 * The identifiers of the login cookies that can have their lifetimes
5824 * extended independently of all other login cookies.
5825 *
5826 * @var string[]
5827 */
5828 $wgExtendedLoginCookies = [ 'UserID', 'Token' ];
5829
5830 /**
5831 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5832 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5833 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5834 * login cookies session-only.
5835 */
5836 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5837
5838 /**
5839 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5840 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5841 */
5842 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5843
5844 /**
5845 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5846 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5847 */
5848 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5849
5850 /**
5851 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5852 * - true: Set secure flag
5853 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5854 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5855 */
5856 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5857
5858 /**
5859 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5860 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5861 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5862 * check.
5863 */
5864 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5865
5866 /**
5867 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5868 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5869 * name to be used as a prefix.
5870 */
5871 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5872
5873 /**
5874 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5875 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5876 * XSS attack.
5877 */
5878 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5879
5880 /**
5881 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5882 */
5883 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5884
5885 /**
5886 * Override to customise the session name
5887 */
5888 $wgSessionName = false;
5889
5890 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5891
5892 /************************************************************************//**
5893 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5894 * @{
5895 */
5896
5897 /**
5898 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5899 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5900 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5901 * Please see math/README for more information.
5902 */
5903 $wgUseTeX = false;
5904
5905 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5906
5907 /************************************************************************//**
5908 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5909 *
5910 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5911 *
5912 * @{
5913 */
5914
5915 /**
5916 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5917 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5918 * may contain private data.
5919 */
5920 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5921
5922 /**
5923 * Prefix for debug log lines
5924 */
5925 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5926
5927 /**
5928 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5929 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5930 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5931 */
5932 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5933
5934 /**
5935 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5936 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5937 * and gen=js requests.
5938 */
5939 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5940
5941 /**
5942 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5943 *
5944 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5945 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5946 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5947 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5948 */
5949 $wgDebugComments = false;
5950
5951 /**
5952 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5953 *
5954 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5955 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5956 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5957 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5958 */
5959 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5960
5961 /**
5962 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5963 *
5964 * @since 1.26
5965 */
5966 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5967 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5968 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5969 'GET' => [
5970 'masterConns' => 0,
5971 'writes' => 0,
5972 'readQueryTime' => 5
5973 ],
5974 // HTTP POST requests.
5975 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5976 'POST' => [
5977 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5978 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5979 'maxAffected' => 500
5980 ],
5981 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5982 'masterConns' => 0,
5983 'writes' => 0,
5984 'readQueryTime' => 5
5985 ],
5986 // Background job runner
5987 'JobRunner' => [
5988 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5989 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5990 'maxAffected' => 1000
5991 ],
5992 // Command-line scripts
5993 'Maintenance' => [
5994 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5995 'maxAffected' => 1000
5996 ]
5997 ];
5998
5999 /**
6000 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6001 *
6002 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6003 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6004 * in production.
6005 *
6006 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6007 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6008 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6009 * - associative array with keys:
6010 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6011 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6012 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6013 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6014 *
6015 * @par Example:
6016 * @code
6017 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6018 * @endcode
6019 *
6020 * @par Advanced example:
6021 * @code
6022 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = array(
6023 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6024 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6025 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6026 * );
6027 * @endcode
6028 */
6029 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6030
6031 /**
6032 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6033 *
6034 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6035 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6036 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6037 * details.
6038 *
6039 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6040 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6041 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6042 *
6043 * @par To completely disable logging:
6044 * @code
6045 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = array( 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' );
6046 * @endcode
6047 *
6048 * @since 1.25
6049 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6050 * @see MwLogger
6051 */
6052 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6053 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6054 ];
6055
6056 /**
6057 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6058 *
6059 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6060 */
6061 $wgShowDebug = false;
6062
6063 /**
6064 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6065 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6066 */
6067 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6068
6069 /**
6070 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6071 */
6072 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6073
6074 /**
6075 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6076 */
6077 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6078
6079 /**
6080 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6081 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6082 * to an attacker.
6083 */
6084 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6085
6086 /**
6087 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6088 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6089 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6090 * formatting.
6091 */
6092 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6093
6094 /**
6095 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6096 *
6097 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6098 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6099 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6100 * exception handler.
6101 */
6102 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6103
6104 /**
6105 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6106 */
6107 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6108
6109 /**
6110 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6111 */
6112 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6113
6114 /**
6115 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6116 * Should be a string, default false.
6117 * @since 1.20
6118 */
6119 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6120
6121 /**
6122 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6123 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6124 */
6125 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6126
6127 /**
6128 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6129 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6130 * after the limit.
6131 */
6132 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6133
6134 /**
6135 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6136 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6137 */
6138 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6139
6140 /**
6141 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6142 *
6143 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6144 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6145 */
6146 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6147
6148 /**
6149 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6150 *
6151 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6152 *
6153 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6154 *
6155 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6156 * @since 1.25
6157 */
6158 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6159
6160 /**
6161 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6162 *
6163 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6164 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6165 * @since 1.25
6166 */
6167 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6168
6169 /**
6170 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6171 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6172 * templates.
6173 */
6174 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6175
6176 /**
6177 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6178 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6179 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6180 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6181 */
6182 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6183
6184 /**
6185 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6186 * filename is passed to it.
6187 *
6188 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6189 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6190 *
6191 * Use full paths.
6192 */
6193 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6194 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6195 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6196 ];
6197
6198 /**
6199 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6200 */
6201 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6202
6203 /**
6204 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6205 * @since 1.19
6206 */
6207 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6208
6209 /**
6210 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6211 * queries and other useful output.
6212 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6213 *
6214 * @since 1.19
6215 */
6216 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6217
6218 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6219
6220 /************************************************************************//**
6221 * @name Search
6222 * @{
6223 */
6224
6225 /**
6226 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6227 */
6228 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6229
6230 /**
6231 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6232 * by default off due to execution overhead
6233 */
6234 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6235
6236 /**
6237 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6238 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6239 */
6240 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6241
6242 /**
6243 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6244 *
6245 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6246 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6247 *
6248 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6249 *
6250 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6251 */
6252 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6253
6254 /**
6255 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6256 *
6257 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6258 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6259 *
6260 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6261 */
6262 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6263 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6264 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6265 ];
6266
6267 /**
6268 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6269 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6270 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6271 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6272 */
6273 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6274
6275 /**
6276 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6277 * OpenSearch call.
6278 */
6279 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6280
6281 /**
6282 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6283 */
6284 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6285
6286 /**
6287 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6288 */
6289 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6290
6291 /**
6292 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6293 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6294 */
6295 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6296
6297 /**
6298 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6299 *
6300 * @par Example:
6301 * @code
6302 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6303 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6304 * @endcode
6305 */
6306 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6307 NS_MAIN => true,
6308 ];
6309
6310 /**
6311 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6312 * implemented by an extension instead.
6313 */
6314 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6315
6316 /**
6317 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6318 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6319 * search term.
6320 *
6321 * @par Example:
6322 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6323 * @code
6324 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6325 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6326 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6327 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6328 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6329 * @endcode
6330 */
6331 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6332
6333 /**
6334 * Search form behavior.
6335 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6336 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6337 */
6338 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6339
6340 /**
6341 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6342 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6343 * generated for all namespaces.
6344 */
6345 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6346
6347 /**
6348 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6349 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6350 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6351 *
6352 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6353 * @par Example:
6354 * @code
6355 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = array(
6356 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6357 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6358 * );
6359 * @endcode
6360 */
6361 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6362
6363 /**
6364 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6365 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6366 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6367 */
6368 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6369
6370 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6371
6372 /************************************************************************//**
6373 * @name Edit user interface
6374 * @{
6375 */
6376
6377 /**
6378 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6379 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6380 */
6381 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6382
6383 /**
6384 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6385 */
6386 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6387
6388 /**
6389 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6390 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6391 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6392 */
6393 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6394 NS_CATEGORY => true
6395 ];
6396
6397 /**
6398 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6399 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6400 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6401 */
6402 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6403
6404 /**
6405 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6406 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6407 * ting this variable false.
6408 */
6409 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6410
6411 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6412
6413 /************************************************************************//**
6414 * @name Maintenance
6415 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6416 * @{
6417 */
6418
6419 /**
6420 * @cond file_level_code
6421 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6422 */
6423 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6424 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6425 }
6426 /** @endcond */
6427
6428 /**
6429 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6430 */
6431 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6432
6433 /**
6434 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6435 * used as an explanation to users.
6436 *
6437 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6438 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6439 * option in MySQL.
6440 */
6441 $wgReadOnly = null;
6442
6443 /**
6444 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6445 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6446 * message.
6447 *
6448 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6449 */
6450 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6451
6452 /**
6453 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6454 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6455 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6456 *
6457 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6458 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6459 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6460 */
6461 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6462
6463 /**
6464 * Fully specified path to git binary
6465 */
6466 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6467
6468 /**
6469 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6470 *
6471 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6472 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6473 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6474 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6475 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6476 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6477 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6478 *
6479 * @since 1.20
6480 */
6481 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6482 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6483 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6484 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6485 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6486 ];
6487
6488 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6489
6490 /************************************************************************//**
6491 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6492 * @{
6493 */
6494
6495 /**
6496 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6497 * seconds will go.
6498 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6499 */
6500 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6501
6502 /**
6503 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6504 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6505 * @since 1.26
6506 */
6507 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6508
6509 /**
6510 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6511 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6512 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6513 * @since 1.26
6514 */
6515 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6519 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6520 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6521 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6522 * is still there.
6523 */
6524 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6525
6526 /**
6527 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6528 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6529 */
6530 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6531
6532 /**
6533 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6534 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6535 */
6536 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6537
6538 /**
6539 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6540 * should be sent.
6541 *
6542 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6543 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6544 * specified server.
6545 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6546 *
6547 * The common options are:
6548 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6549 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6550 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6551 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6552 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6553 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6554 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6555 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6556 *
6557 * The IRC-specific options are:
6558 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6559 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6560 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6561 *
6562 * The JSON-specific options are:
6563 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6564 *
6565 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = array(
6566 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6567 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6568 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6569 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6570 * );
6571 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = array(
6572 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6573 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6574 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6575 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6576 * );
6577 * @since 1.22
6578 */
6579 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6580
6581 /**
6582 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6583 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6584 */
6585 $wgRCEngines = [
6586 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6587 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6588 ];
6589
6590 /**
6591 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6592 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6593 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6594 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6595 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6596 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6597 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6598 *
6599 * @since 1.27
6600 */
6601 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6602
6603 /**
6604 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6605 * New pages and new files are included.
6606 */
6607 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6608
6609 /**
6610 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6611 */
6612 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6613
6614 /**
6615 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6616 *
6617 * @since 1.27
6618 */
6619 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6620
6621 /**
6622 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6623 */
6624 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6625
6626 /**
6627 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6628 */
6629 $wgFeed = true;
6630
6631 /**
6632 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6633 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6634 */
6635 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6636
6637 /**
6638 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6639 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6640 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6641 *
6642 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6643 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6644 */
6645 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6646
6647 /**
6648 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6649 * pages larger than this size.
6650 */
6651 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6652
6653 /**
6654 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6655 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6656 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6657 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6658 * as value.
6659 * @par Example:
6660 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6661 * @code
6662 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6663 * @endcode
6664 */
6665 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6666
6667 /**
6668 * Available feeds objects.
6669 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6670 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6671 */
6672 $wgFeedClasses = [
6673 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6674 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6675 ];
6676
6677 /**
6678 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6679 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6680 */
6681 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6682
6683 /**
6684 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6685 */
6686 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6687
6688 /**
6689 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6690 */
6691 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6692
6693 /**
6694 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6695 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6696 * highlighted on the RC page.
6697 */
6698 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6699
6700 /**
6701 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6702 * view for watched pages with new changes
6703 */
6704 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6705
6706 /**
6707 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6708 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6709 */
6710 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6711
6712 /**
6713 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6714 */
6715 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6716
6717 /**
6718 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6719 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6720 */
6721 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6722
6723 /**
6724 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6725 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6726 * watchers.
6727 *
6728 * @since 1.21
6729 */
6730 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6731
6732 /**
6733 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6734 * certain types of edits.
6735 *
6736 * To register a new one:
6737 * @code
6738 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => array(
6739 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6740 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6741 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6742 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6743 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6744 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6745 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6746 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6747 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6748 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6749 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6750 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6751 * );
6752 * @endcode
6753 *
6754 * @since 1.22
6755 */
6756 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6757 'newpage' => [
6758 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6759 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6760 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6761 'grouping' => 'any',
6762 ],
6763 'minor' => [
6764 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6765 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6766 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6767 'class' => 'minoredit',
6768 'grouping' => 'all',
6769 ],
6770 'bot' => [
6771 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6772 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6773 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6774 'class' => 'botedit',
6775 'grouping' => 'all',
6776 ],
6777 'unpatrolled' => [
6778 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6779 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6780 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6781 'grouping' => 'any',
6782 ],
6783 ];
6784
6785 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6786
6787 /************************************************************************//**
6788 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6789 * @{
6790 */
6791
6792 /**
6793 * Override for copyright metadata.
6794 *
6795 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6796 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6797 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6798 */
6799 $wgRightsPage = null;
6800
6801 /**
6802 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6803 * wiki.
6804 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6805 */
6806 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6807
6808 /**
6809 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6810 * link.
6811 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6812 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6813 */
6814 $wgRightsText = null;
6815
6816 /**
6817 * Override for copyright metadata.
6818 */
6819 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6820
6821 /**
6822 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6823 */
6824 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6825
6826 /**
6827 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6828 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6829 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6830 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6831 * large wikis.
6832 */
6833 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6834
6835 /**
6836 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6837 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6838 */
6839 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6840
6841 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6842
6843 /************************************************************************//**
6844 * @name Import / Export
6845 * @{
6846 */
6847
6848 /**
6849 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6850 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6851 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6852 *
6853 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6854 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6855 * e.g.
6856 * @code
6857 * $wgImportSources = array(
6858 * 'wikipedia' => array( 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ),
6859 * 'wikispecies',
6860 * 'wikia' => array( 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ),
6861 * );
6862 * @endcode
6863 *
6864 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6865 * the ImportSources hook.
6866 *
6867 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6868 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6869 */
6870 $wgImportSources = [];
6871
6872 /**
6873 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6874 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6875 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6876 *
6877 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6878 */
6879 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6880
6881 /**
6882 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6883 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6884 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6885 */
6886 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6887
6888 /**
6889 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6890 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6891 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6892 */
6893 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6894
6895 /**
6896 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6897 */
6898 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6899
6900 /**
6901 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6902 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6903 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6904 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6905 * it's disabled by default for now.
6906 *
6907 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6908 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6909 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6910 */
6911 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6912
6913 /**
6914 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6915 */
6916 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6917
6918 /**
6919 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6920 */
6921 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6922
6923 /**
6924 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6925 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6926 *
6927 * @since 1.27
6928 */
6929 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6930
6931 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6932
6933 /*************************************************************************//**
6934 * @name Extensions
6935 * @{
6936 */
6937
6938 /**
6939 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6940 * initialised
6941 */
6942 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6943
6944 /**
6945 * Extension messages files.
6946 *
6947 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6948 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6949 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6950 * is the most common.
6951 *
6952 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6953 * in the core.
6954 *
6955 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6956 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6957 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6958 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6959 *
6960 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6961 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6962 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6963 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6964 *
6965 * @par Example:
6966 * @code
6967 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6968 * @endcode
6969 */
6970 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6971
6972 /**
6973 * Extension messages directories.
6974 *
6975 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6976 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6977 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6978 * message directories.
6979 *
6980 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6981 *
6982 * @par Simple example:
6983 * @code
6984 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6985 * @endcode
6986 *
6987 * @par Complex example:
6988 * @code
6989 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = array(
6990 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6991 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6992 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
6993 * )
6994 * @endcode
6995 * @since 1.23
6996 */
6997 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
6998
6999 /**
7000 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7001 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7002 * @since 1.22
7003 */
7004 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7005
7006 /**
7007 * Parser output hooks.
7008 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7009 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7010 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7011 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7012 *
7013 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7014 *
7015 * The callback has the form:
7016 * @code
7017 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7018 * @endcode
7019 */
7020 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7021
7022 /**
7023 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7024 */
7025 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7026
7027 /**
7028 * List of valid skin names
7029 *
7030 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7031 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7032 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7033 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7034 */
7035 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7036
7037 /**
7038 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7039 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7040 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7041 * SpecialPage.
7042 */
7043 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7044
7045 /**
7046 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7047 */
7048 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7049
7050 /**
7051 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7052 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7053 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7054 */
7055 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7056
7057 /**
7058 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7059 *
7060 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7061 *
7062 * @code
7063 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = array(
7064 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7065 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7066 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7067 * 'author' => array(
7068 * 'Foo Barstein',
7069 * ),
7070 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7071 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7072 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7073 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7074 * );
7075 * @endcode
7076 *
7077 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7078 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7079 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7080 * interpreted as wikitext.
7081 *
7082 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7083 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7084 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7085 *
7086 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7087 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7088 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7089 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7090 *
7091 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7092 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7093 * usually are.)
7094 *
7095 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7096 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7097 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7098 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7099 *
7100 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7101 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7102 *
7103 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7104 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7105 *
7106 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7107 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7108 */
7109 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7110
7111 /**
7112 * Authentication plugin.
7113 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7114 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7115 */
7116 $wgAuth = null;
7117
7118 /**
7119 * Global list of hooks.
7120 *
7121 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7122 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7123 * internally by Hook:run().
7124 *
7125 * The value can be one of:
7126 *
7127 * - A function name:
7128 * @code
7129 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7130 * @endcode
7131 * - A function with some data:
7132 * @code
7133 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $function, $data );
7134 * @endcode
7135 * - A an object method:
7136 * @code
7137 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $object, 'method' );
7138 * @endcode
7139 * - A closure:
7140 * @code
7141 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7142 * // Handler code goes here.
7143 * };
7144 * @endcode
7145 *
7146 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7147 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7148 *
7149 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7150 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7151 */
7152 $wgHooks = [];
7153
7154 /**
7155 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7156 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7157 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7158 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7159 * hook for that.
7160 *
7161 * @see MediaWikiServices
7162 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7163 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7164 */
7165 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7166 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7167 ];
7168
7169 /**
7170 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7171 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7172 */
7173 $wgJobClasses = [
7174 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7175 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7176 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7177 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7178 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7179 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7180 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7181 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7182 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7183 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7184 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7185 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7186 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7187 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7188 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7189 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7190 'null' => 'NullJob'
7191 ];
7192
7193 /**
7194 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7195 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7196 *
7197 * These can be:
7198 * - Very long-running jobs.
7199 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7200 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7201 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7202 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7203 */
7204 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7205
7206 /**
7207 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7208 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7209 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7210 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7211 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7212 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7213 * @var float[]
7214 */
7215 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7216
7217 /**
7218 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7219 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
7220 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7221 *
7222 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7223 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7224 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7225 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7226 *
7227 * @var float|bool
7228 * @since 1.26
7229 */
7230 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7231
7232 /**
7233 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7234 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7235 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7236 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7237 */
7238 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7239 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7240 ];
7241
7242 /**
7243 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7244 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7245 */
7246 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7247 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7248 ];
7249
7250 /**
7251 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7252 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7253 */
7254 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7255 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7256 ];
7257
7258 /**
7259 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7260 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7261 * or:
7262 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = array( $class, $funcname )
7263 * Hooks should return strings or false
7264 */
7265 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7266
7267 /**
7268 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7269 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7270 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7271 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7272 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7273 */
7274 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7275 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7276 ];
7277
7278 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7279
7280 /*************************************************************************//**
7281 * @name Categories
7282 * @{
7283 */
7284
7285 /**
7286 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7287 */
7288 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7289
7290 /**
7291 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7292 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7293 */
7294 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7295
7296 /**
7297 * Paging limit for categories
7298 */
7299 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7300
7301 /**
7302 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7303 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7304 *
7305 * Available values are:
7306 *
7307 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7308 *
7309 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7310 *
7311 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7312 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7313 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7314 *
7315 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7316 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7317 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7318 * server.
7319 *
7320 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7321 * the sort keys in the database.
7322 *
7323 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7324 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7325 */
7326 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7327
7328 /** @} */ # End categories }
7329
7330 /*************************************************************************//**
7331 * @name Logging
7332 * @{
7333 */
7334
7335 /**
7336 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7337 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7338 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7339 * log type.
7340 */
7341 $wgLogTypes = [
7342 '',
7343 'block',
7344 'protect',
7345 'rights',
7346 'delete',
7347 'upload',
7348 'move',
7349 'import',
7350 'patrol',
7351 'merge',
7352 'suppress',
7353 'tag',
7354 'managetags',
7355 'contentmodel',
7356 ];
7357
7358 /**
7359 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7360 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7361 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7362 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7363 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7364 */
7365 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7366 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7367 ];
7368
7369 /**
7370 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7371 *
7372 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7373 *
7374 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7375 *
7376 * @par Example:
7377 * @code
7378 * $wgFilterLogTypes = array(
7379 * 'move' => true,
7380 * 'import' => false,
7381 * );
7382 * @endcode
7383 *
7384 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7385 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7386 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7387 *
7388 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7389 * for the link text.
7390 */
7391 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7392 'patrol' => true,
7393 'tag' => true,
7394 ];
7395
7396 /**
7397 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7398 * will be listed in the user interface.
7399 *
7400 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7401 *
7402 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7403 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7404 */
7405 $wgLogNames = [
7406 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7407 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7408 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7409 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7410 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7411 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7412 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7413 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7414 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7415 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7416 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7417 ];
7418
7419 /**
7420 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7421 * top of each log type.
7422 *
7423 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7424 *
7425 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7426 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7427 */
7428 $wgLogHeaders = [
7429 '' => 'alllogstext',
7430 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7431 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7432 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7433 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7434 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7435 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7436 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7437 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7438 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7439 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7440 ];
7441
7442 /**
7443 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7444 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7445 *
7446 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7447 */
7448 $wgLogActions = [];
7449
7450 /**
7451 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7452 * not messages.
7453 * @see LogPage::actionText
7454 * @see LogFormatter
7455 */
7456 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7457 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7458 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7459 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7460 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7461 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7462 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7463 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7464 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7465 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7466 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7467 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7468 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7469 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7470 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7471 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7472 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7473 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7474 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7475 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7476 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7477 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7478 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7479 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7480 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7481 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7482 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7483 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7484 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7485 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7486 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7487 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7488 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7489 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7490 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7491 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7492 ];
7493
7494 /**
7495 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7496 *
7497 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7498 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7499 * Extensions may append to this array
7500 * @since 1.27
7501 */
7502 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7503 'block' => [
7504 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7505 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7506 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7507 ],
7508 'contentmodel' => [
7509 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7510 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7511 ],
7512 'delete' => [
7513 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7514 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7515 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7516 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7517 ],
7518 'import' => [
7519 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7520 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7521 ],
7522 'managetags' => [
7523 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7524 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7525 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7526 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7527 ],
7528 'move' => [
7529 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7530 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7531 ],
7532 'newusers' => [
7533 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7534 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7535 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7536 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7537 ],
7538 'patrol' => [
7539 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7540 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7541 ],
7542 'protect' => [
7543 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7544 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7545 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7546 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7547 ],
7548 'rights' => [
7549 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7550 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7551 ],
7552 'suppress' => [
7553 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7554 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7555 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7556 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7557 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7558 ],
7559 'upload' => [
7560 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7561 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7562 ],
7563 ];
7564
7565 /**
7566 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7567 */
7568 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7569
7570 /** @} */ # end logging }
7571
7572 /*************************************************************************//**
7573 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7574 * @{
7575 */
7576
7577 /**
7578 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7579 */
7580 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7581
7582 /**
7583 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7584 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7585 */
7586 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7587
7588 /**
7589 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7590 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7591 */
7592 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7593
7594 /**
7595 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7596 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7597 */
7598 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7599
7600 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7601
7602 /*************************************************************************//**
7603 * @name Actions
7604 * @{
7605 */
7606
7607 /**
7608 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7609 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7610 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7611 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7612 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7613 * instead of the default class.
7614 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7615 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7616 */
7617 $wgActions = [
7618 'credits' => true,
7619 'delete' => true,
7620 'edit' => true,
7621 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7622 'history' => true,
7623 'info' => true,
7624 'markpatrolled' => true,
7625 'protect' => true,
7626 'purge' => true,
7627 'raw' => true,
7628 'render' => true,
7629 'revert' => true,
7630 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7631 'rollback' => true,
7632 'submit' => true,
7633 'unprotect' => true,
7634 'unwatch' => true,
7635 'view' => true,
7636 'watch' => true,
7637 ];
7638
7639 /** @} */ # end actions }
7640
7641 /*************************************************************************//**
7642 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7643 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7644 * @{
7645 */
7646
7647 /**
7648 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7649 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7650 * basis.
7651 */
7652 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7653
7654 /**
7655 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7656 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7657 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7658 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7659 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7660 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7661 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7662 *
7663 * @par Example:
7664 * @code
7665 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = array( NS_TALK => 'noindex' );
7666 * @endcode
7667 */
7668 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7669
7670 /**
7671 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7672 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7673 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7674 *
7675 * @par Example:
7676 * @code
7677 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7678 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7679 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7680 * );
7681 * @endcode
7682 *
7683 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7684 * forms:
7685 * @code
7686 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7687 * # Underscore, not space!
7688 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7689 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7690 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7691 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7692 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7693 * );
7694 * @endcode
7695 */
7696 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7697
7698 /**
7699 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7700 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7701 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7702 *
7703 * @par Example:
7704 * @code
7705 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = array( NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT );
7706 * @endcode
7707 */
7708 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7709
7710 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7711
7712 /************************************************************************//**
7713 * @name AJAX and API
7714 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7715 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7716 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7717 * @{
7718 */
7719
7720 /**
7721 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7722 * machine-readable data via api.php
7723 *
7724 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7725 */
7726 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7727
7728 /**
7729 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7730 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7731 * accesses it
7732 */
7733 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7734
7735 /**
7736 *
7737 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7738 *
7739 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7740 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7741 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7742 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7743 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7744 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7745 * requiring POST.
7746 *
7747 * @since 1.21
7748 */
7749 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7750
7751 /**
7752 * API module extensions.
7753 *
7754 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7755 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7756 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7757 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7758 *
7759 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7760 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7761 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7762 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7763 * field.
7764 *
7765 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7766 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7767 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7768 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7769 *
7770 * Examples for registering API modules:
7771 *
7772 * @code
7773 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7774 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = array(
7775 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7776 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7777 * );
7778 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = array(
7779 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7780 * 'factory' => array( 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' )
7781 * );
7782 * @endcode
7783 *
7784 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7785 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7786 */
7787 $wgAPIModules = [];
7788
7789 /**
7790 * API format module extensions.
7791 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7792 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7793 *
7794 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7795 */
7796 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7797
7798 /**
7799 * API Query meta module extensions.
7800 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7801 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7802 *
7803 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7804 */
7805 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7806
7807 /**
7808 * API Query prop module extensions.
7809 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7810 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7811 *
7812 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7813 */
7814 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7815
7816 /**
7817 * API Query list module extensions.
7818 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7819 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7820 *
7821 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7822 */
7823 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7824
7825 /**
7826 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7827 * The default value is generally fine
7828 */
7829 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7830
7831 /**
7832 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7833 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7834 */
7835 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7836
7837 /**
7838 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7839 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7840 */
7841 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7842
7843 /**
7844 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7845 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7846 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7847 */
7848 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7849
7850 /**
7851 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7852 * API request logging
7853 */
7854 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7855
7856 /**
7857 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7858 */
7859 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7860
7861 /**
7862 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7863 * API queries.
7864 */
7865 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7866 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7867 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7868 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7869 ];
7870
7871 /**
7872 * Enable AJAX framework
7873 */
7874 $wgUseAjax = true;
7875
7876 /**
7877 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7878 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7879 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7880 */
7881 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7882
7883 /**
7884 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7885 */
7886 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7887
7888 /**
7889 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7890 */
7891 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7892
7893 /**
7894 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7895 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7896 */
7897 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7898
7899 /**
7900 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7901 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7902 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7903 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7904 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7905 *
7906 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7907 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7908 *
7909 * @par Example:
7910 * @code
7911 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = array(
7912 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7913 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7914 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7915 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7916 * );
7917 * @endcode
7918 */
7919 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7920
7921 /**
7922 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7923 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7924 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7925 */
7926 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7927
7928 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7929
7930 /************************************************************************//**
7931 * @name Shell and process control
7932 * @{
7933 */
7934
7935 /**
7936 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7937 */
7938 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7939
7940 /**
7941 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7942 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7943 */
7944 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7945
7946 /**
7947 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7948 */
7949 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7950
7951 /**
7952 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7953 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7954 */
7955 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7956
7957 /**
7958 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7959 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7960 *
7961 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7962 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7963 * them segfault or deadlock.
7964 *
7965 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7966 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7967 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7968 *
7969 * @par Example:
7970 * @code
7971 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7972 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7973 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7974 * @endcode
7975 *
7976 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7977 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7978 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7979 */
7980 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7981
7982 /**
7983 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7984 */
7985 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7986
7987 /**
7988 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7989 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7990 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7991 */
7992 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
7993
7994 /** @} */ # End shell }
7995
7996 /************************************************************************//**
7997 * @name HTTP client
7998 * @{
7999 */
8000
8001 /**
8002 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8003 */
8004 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8005
8006 /**
8007 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8008 */
8009 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8010
8011 /**
8012 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8013 */
8014 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8015
8016 /**
8017 * Local virtual hosts.
8018 *
8019 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8020 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8021 * then no proxy will be used.
8022 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8023 * proxy if it is configured.
8024 * @since 1.25
8025 */
8026 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8027
8028 /**
8029 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8030 * Only works for curl
8031 */
8032 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8033
8034 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8035
8036 /************************************************************************//**
8037 * @name Job queue
8038 * @{
8039 */
8040
8041 /**
8042 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8043 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8044 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8045 * be run periodically.
8046 */
8047 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8048
8049 /**
8050 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8051 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8052 * execution finishes.
8053 * @since 1.23
8054 */
8055 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
8056
8057 /**
8058 * Number of rows to update per job
8059 */
8060 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8061
8062 /**
8063 * Number of rows to update per query
8064 */
8065 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8066
8067 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8068
8069 /************************************************************************//**
8070 * @name Miscellaneous
8071 * @{
8072 */
8073
8074 /**
8075 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8076 * * false: default PHP implementation
8077 * * 'wikidiff2': Wikimedia's fast difference engine implemented as a PHP/HHVM module
8078 * * 'wikidiff' and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8079 * * any other string is treated as a path to external diff executable
8080 */
8081 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8082
8083 /**
8084 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8085 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8086 *
8087 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8088 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8089 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8090 */
8091 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8092
8093 /**
8094 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8095 * For debugging
8096 */
8097 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8098
8099 /**
8100 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8101 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8102 */
8103 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8104
8105 /**
8106 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8107 */
8108 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8109
8110 /**
8111 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8112 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8113 */
8114 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8115
8116 /**
8117 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8118 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8119 */
8120 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8121
8122 /**
8123 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8124 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8125 *
8126 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8127 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8128 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8129 * parameters.
8130 *
8131 * @par Example:
8132 * @code
8133 * $wgPoolCounterConf = array( 'ArticleView' => array(
8134 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8135 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8136 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8137 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8138 * ... any extension-specific options...
8139 * );
8140 * @endcode
8141 */
8142 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8143
8144 /**
8145 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8146 */
8147 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8148
8149 /**
8150 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8151 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8152 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8153 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8154 *
8155 * @since 1.21
8156 */
8157 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8158
8159 /**
8160 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8161 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8162 *
8163 * * 'ignore': return null
8164 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8165 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8166 *
8167 * @since 1.21
8168 */
8169 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8170
8171 /**
8172 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8173 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8174 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8175 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8176 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8177 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8178 *
8179 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8180 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8181 *
8182 * @since 1.21
8183 */
8184 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8185
8186 /**
8187 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8188 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8189 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8190 *
8191 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8192 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8193 *
8194 * @since 1.21
8195 */
8196 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8197 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8198 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8199 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8200 ];
8201
8202 /**
8203 * Whether the user must enter their password to change their e-mail address
8204 *
8205 * @since 1.20
8206 */
8207 $wgRequirePasswordforEmailChange = true;
8208
8209 /**
8210 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8211 *
8212 * @since 1.20
8213 */
8214 $wgSiteTypes = [
8215 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8216 ];
8217
8218 /**
8219 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8220 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8221 * @since 1.23
8222 */
8223 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8224
8225 /**
8226 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8227 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8228 * @see bug 65184
8229 * @since 1.24
8230 */
8231 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8232
8233 /**
8234 * Secret for session storage.
8235 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8236 * be used.
8237 * @since 1.27
8238 */
8239 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8240
8241 /**
8242 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8243 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8244 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8245 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8246 * @since 1.27
8247 */
8248 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8249
8250 /**
8251 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8252 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8253 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8254 * be used.
8255 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8256 * @since 1.24
8257 */
8258 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8259
8260 /**
8261 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8262 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8263 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8264 * @since 1.24
8265 */
8266 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8267
8268 /**
8269 * Enable page language feature
8270 * Allows setting page language in database
8271 * @var bool
8272 * @since 1.24
8273 */
8274 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8275
8276 /**
8277 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8278 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8279 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8280 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8281 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8282 * module.
8283 *
8284 * Example config for Parsoid:
8285 *
8286 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = array(
8287 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8288 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8289 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8290 * );
8291 *
8292 * @var array
8293 * @since 1.25
8294 */
8295 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8296 'modules' => [],
8297 'global' => [
8298 # Timeout in seconds
8299 'timeout' => 360,
8300 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8301 'forwardCookies' => false,
8302 'HTTPProxy' => null
8303 ]
8304 ];
8305
8306 /**
8307 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8308 * these suggestions.
8309 *
8310 * @var bool
8311 * @since 1.26
8312 */
8313 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8314
8315 /**
8316 * Where popular password file is located.
8317 *
8318 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8319 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8320 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8321 *
8322 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8323 * @since 1.27
8324 * @var string path to file
8325 */
8326 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8327
8328 /*
8329 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8330 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8331 *
8332 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8333 * @since 1.27
8334 */
8335 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8336
8337 /**
8338 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8339 *
8340 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8341 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8342 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8343 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8344 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8345 *
8346 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8347 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8348 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8349 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8350 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8351 *
8352 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8353 *
8354 * @since 1.27
8355 */
8356 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8357 'default' => [
8358 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8359 ]
8360 ];
8361
8362 /**
8363 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8364 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8365 * @}
8366 */